comparison src/xterm.c @ 24991:53d428012caf

Display-related functions implemented from scratch. Add toolkit scroll bars, mouse-sensitive mode line, help-echo, busy-cursor. (x_calc_absolute_position): Subtract menu bar height for YNegative, if using X toolkit. (XTread_socket) [USE_MOTIF] <KeyPress>: Catch events in scroll bars. (SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT): Give it statement form. (XTflash): Don't flash the toolbar window. (XTread_socket): Workaround for LessTif popup menus in case of ButtonPress events. (XTread_socket): Set inhibit_busy_cursor.

24990:7505930b5456

/* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
   Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

This file is part of GNU Emacs.

GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

/* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy.  */

/* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h.  */
/* On HP-UX 8.0 signal.h loses if it comes after config.h.  */
/* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files.  */
#include <signal.h>

#include <config.h>

#include <stdio.h>

#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS

#include "lisp.h"
#include "blockinput.h"

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
#include <X11/Shell.h>
#endif

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
extern void free_frame_menubar ();
extern FRAME_PTR x_menubar_window_to_frame ();
#if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
#define HACK_EDITRES
extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
#endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */

#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
#define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
#define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame

   <string.h> will cause a syntax error when Xfuncs.h later includes it.  */
#include <string.h>
#endif

#ifndef min
#define min(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef max
#define max(a,b) ((a)>(b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif

/* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in use.  */
struct x_display_info *x_display_list;

/* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
   one for each element of x_display_list and in the same order.
   NAME is the name of the frame.
   FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts.  */
Lisp_Object x_display_name_list;

/* Frame being updated by update_frame.  This is declared in term.c.
   This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
   XT functions.  It is zero while not inside an update.
   In that case, the XT functions assume that `selected_frame'
   is the frame to apply to.  */
extern struct frame *updating_frame;

extern int waiting_for_input;

/* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within XTread_socket.  */
struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
/* The application context for Xt use.  */
XtAppContext Xt_app_con;

static String Xt_default_resources[] =
{
  0
};
#endif

/* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect.  */

static int flexlines;

/* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted.  */

static int highlight;

/* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
   During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position.  */

static int curs_x;
static int curs_y;

/* Mouse movement.

   Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in STANDARD_EVENT_MASK)
   so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
   event to ask for another such event.  However, this made mouse tracking
   slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.

   Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.

   is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
   tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
   is off.  */

/* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event.  */
static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph;

static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;

/* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.

   If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
   so XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
   an ordinary motion.

   If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
   to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion event.  */
static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;

/* This is a hack.  We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
   return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
   doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server
   along with the position query.  So, we just keep track of the time
   of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
   it's somewhat accurate.  */
static Time last_mouse_movement_time;

/* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read events.  */
#ifdef __STDC__
static int volatile input_signal_count;
#else
static int input_signal_count;
#endif

/* Used locally within XTread_socket.  */
static int x_noop_count;

/* Initial values of argv and argc.  */
extern char **initial_argv;
extern int initial_argc;

extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;

/* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */

extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager;

extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;

extern int errno;

/* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char.  */
extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;

static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;

extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources ();

extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type ();

void x_delete_display ();

static void redraw_previous_char ();
static void redraw_following_char ();
static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers ();

static int fast_find_position ();
static void note_mouse_highlight ();
static void clear_mouse_face ();
static void show_mouse_face ();
static void do_line_dance ();

static void XTcursor_to ();
static void XTclear_end_of_line ();
static int x_io_error_quitter ();
int x_catch_errors ();
void x_uncatch_errors ();

#if 0
/* This is a function useful for recording debugging information
   about the sequence of occurrences in this file.  */

struct record 
{
  char *locus;
  int type;

  event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
  event_record_index++;
}

#endif /* 0 */

/* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY.  */

struct x_display_info *
x_display_info_for_display (dpy)

    if (dpyinfo->display == dpy)
      return dpyinfo;

  return 0;
}

/* Starting and ending updates.

   These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end
   of a frame update.  We record in `updating_frame' the identity
   of the frame being updated, so that the XT... functions do not
   need to take a frame as argument.  Most of the XT... functions
   should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions
   being XTcursor_to, XTwrite_glyphs and XTreassert_line_highlight.  */

static void
XTupdate_begin (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int mask;

  if (f == 0)
    abort ();

  flexlines = f->height;
  highlight = 0;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
  curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);

  if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
    {
      /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update.  */
      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1;

      /* If the frame needs to be redrawn,
	 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting.  */
      if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
	FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil;

      if (!NILP (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
	{
	  int firstline, lastline, i;
	  struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);

	  /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay.  */
	  for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++)
	    if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
	      break;

	  lastline = f->height;
	  for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--)
	    {
	      if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
		break;
	      else
		lastline = i;
	    }

	  /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
	     where the mouse highlight is?  If so, no need to turn off.
	     Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
	     in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
	     are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway.  */
	  if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
		 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
	    clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
	}
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

static void
XTupdate_end (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int mask;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  do_line_dance ();
  x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, curs_y);

  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
#if 0
  /* This fails in the case of having updated only the echo area
     if we have switched buffers.  In that case, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS
     has no relation to the current contents, and its charstarts
     have no relation to the contents of the window-buffer.
  I don't know a clean way to check
     for that case.  window_end_valid isn't set up yet.  */
  if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
    note_mouse_highlight (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
			  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
#endif

  XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* This is called after a redisplay on frame F.  */

static void
XTframe_up_to_date (f)
     FRAME_PTR f;
{
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
      || f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
    {
      if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
	note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
			      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
			      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
    }
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* External interface to control of standout mode.
   Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
   and not change whether it is highlighted.  */

void
XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
     int new, vpos;
{
  highlight = new;
}

/* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
   and change whether it is highlighted.  */

static void
XTchange_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos)
     int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos;
{
  highlight = new_highlight;
  XTcursor_to (vpos, 0);
  XTclear_end_of_line (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (updating_frame));
}

/* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend.
   When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped.  And nothing must be done
   to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens).  */

static void
XTset_terminal_modes ()
{
}

/* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.
   Exiting will make the X-windows go away, and suspending
   requires no action.  */

static void
XTreset_terminal_modes ()
{
/*  XTclear_frame ();  */
}

/* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame.
   This is where display update commands will take effect.
   This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed.  */

static void
XTcursor_to (row, col)
     register int row, col;
{
  int mask;
  int orow = row;
  struct frame *f;
  
  f = updating_frame;
  if (f == 0)
    f = selected_frame;

  curs_x = col;
  if (curs_x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f))
    curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1;

  curs_y = row;

  if (updating_frame == 0)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1, curs_x, curs_y);
      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame));
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}


/* Return a pointer to per char metric information in FONT of a
   character pointed by B (*XChar2b).  */

#define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b)					   \
  ((font)->per_char							   \
   ? ((font)->per_char + (b)->byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2		   \
      + (((font)->min_byte1 || (font)->max_byte1)			   \
	 ? (((b)->byte1 - (font)->min_byte1)				   \
	    * ((font)->max_char_or_byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) \
	 : 0))								   \
   : &((font)->max_bounds))

/* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
   WINDOW is the x-window to output to.  LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
   HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
   3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
   JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
   don't alter the background.

   CMPCHARP if non NULL is a pointer to the struct cmpchar_info, which
   means drawing glyphs on the same column.  This is set to non NULL
   only when recursively called within dumpglyphs to draw a composite
   character specified by CMPCHAR.

   FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0).

   Since the display generation code is responsible for calling
   compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in
   the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each
   glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one
   to which we can actually apply intern_face.
   Call this function with input blocked.

   Return overall pixel width of the drawn glyphs.  */

#if 1
/* This is the multi-face code.  */

static int
dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground, cmpcharp)
     struct frame *f;
     int left, top;
     register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
     register int n;  /* Number of glyphs to display. */
     int hl;
     int just_foreground;
     struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;
{
  /* Holds characters to be displayed. */
  XChar2b *x_2byte_buffer
    = (XChar2b *) alloca (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * sizeof (*x_2byte_buffer));
  register XChar2b *cp;		/* Steps through x_2byte_buffer[]. */
  char *x_1byte_buffer
    = (char *) alloca (FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * sizeof (*x_1byte_buffer));
  register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
  register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
  int orig_left = left;
  int gidx = 0;
  int i;

  while (n > 0)
    {
      /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH.  */
      int cf, len;
      GLYPH g = *gp;
      int ch, charset;
      Lisp_Object first_ch;
      /* HIGHEST and LOWEST are used while drawing a composite
         character.  The meanings are described later.  */
      int highest, lowest;

      GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
      cf = (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->face_work : FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g));
      ch = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
      if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
	  && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch)
	  && (ch >= 0240
	      || (ch >= 0200 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
	ch = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (ch);
      if (gidx == 0) XSETFASTINT (first_ch, ch);
      charset = CHAR_CHARSET (ch);
      if (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
	{
	  /* We must draw components of the composite character on the
             same column.  */
	  cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (ch)];

	  /* Set the face in the slot for work.  */
	  cmpcharp->face_work = cf;

	  /* We don't need the return value ... */
	  dumpglyphs (f, left, top, cmpcharp->glyph, cmpcharp->glyph_len,
		      hl, just_foreground, cmpcharp);
	  /* ... because the width of just drawn text can be
             calculated as follows.  */
	  left += FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) * cmpcharp->width;

	  ++gp, --n;
	  while (gp && (*gp & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING)) ++gp, --n;
	  cmpcharp = NULL;
	  continue;
	}

      /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs which can be drawn with
	 the same GC (i.e. the same charset and the same face-code).
	 Extract their character codes into X_2BYTE_BUFFER.
	 If CMPCHARP is not NULL, face-code is not checked because we
	 use only the face specified in `cmpcharp->face_work'.  */
      cp = x_2byte_buffer;
      while (n > 0)
	{
	  int this_charset, c1, c2;

	  g = *gp;
	  GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
	  ch = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
	  if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
	      && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch)
	      && (ch >= 0240
		  || (ch >= 0200 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
	    ch = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (ch);
	  SPLIT_CHAR (ch, this_charset, c1, c2);
	  if (this_charset != charset
	      || (cmpcharp == NULL && FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf))
	    break;

	  if (c2 > 0)
	    cp->byte1 = c1, cp->byte2 = c2;
	  else
	    cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = c1;
	  ++cp;
	  ++gp, --n;
	  while (gp && (*gp & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING))
	    ++gp, --n;
	}

      /* LEN gets the length of the run.  */
      len = cp - x_2byte_buffer;
      /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values
	 determined by the face code CF.  */
      {
	struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f);
	XFontStruct *font = NULL;
	GC gc;
	int stippled = 0;
	int line_height = f->output_data.x->line_height;
	/* Pixel width of each glyph in this run.  */
	int glyph_width
	  = (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)
	     * (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->width : CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)));
	/* Overall pixel width of this run.  */
	int run_width
	  = (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)
	     * (cmpcharp ? cmpcharp->width : len * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset)));
	/* A flag to tell if we have already filled background.  We
	   fill background in advance in the following cases:
	   1) A face has stipple.
	   2) A height of font is shorter than LINE_HEIGHT.
	   3) Drawing a composite character.
	   4) Font has non-zero _MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET property.
	   After filling background, we draw glyphs by XDrawString16.  */
	int background_filled;
	/* Baseline position of a character, offset from TOP.  */
	int baseline;
	/* The property value of `_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE' and
           `_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT'.  */
	int relative_compose = 0, default_ascent = 0;
	/* 1 if we find no font or a font of inappropriate size.  */
	int require_clipping;

	/* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen.  */
	if (hl == 3)
	  cf = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;

	/* First look at the face of the text itself.  */
	if (cf != 0)
	  {
	    /* It's possible for the display table to specify
	       a face code that is out of range.  Use 0 in that case.  */
	    if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
		|| FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
	      cf = 0;

	    if (cf == 1)
	      face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
	    else
	      face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
	    if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
	      stippled = 1;
	  }

	/* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text.  */
	else if (hl == 0)
	  ;
	else if (hl == 1)
	  {
	    face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
	    if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
	      stippled = 1;
	  }

#define FACE_DEFAULT (~0)

	/* Setting appropriate font and gc for this charset.  */
	if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
	  {
	    int font_id;
	    int fontset = FACE_FONTSET (face);
	    struct font_info *fontp;

	    if ((fontset < 0 && (fontset = FRAME_FONTSET (f)) < 0)
		|| !(fontp = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f),
					   charset, NULL, fontset)))
	      goto font_not_found;

	    font = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
	    gc = FACE_NON_ASCII_GC (face);
	    XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, font->fid);
	    baseline
	      = (font->max_byte1 != 0
		 ? (line_height + font->ascent - font->descent) / 2
		 : f->output_data.x->font_baseline - fontp->baseline_offset);
	    if (FONT_HEIGHT (font) <= line_height
		&& (font->ascent > baseline
		    || font->descent > line_height - baseline))
	      /* Adjust baseline for this font to show the whole
                 glyphs in a line.  */
	      baseline = line_height - font->descent;
	      
	    if (cmpcharp && cmpcharp->cmp_rule == NULL)
	      {
		relative_compose = fontp->relative_compose;
		default_ascent = fontp->default_ascent;
	      }

	    /* We have to change code points in the following cases.  */
	    if (fontp->font_encoder)
	      {
		/* This font requires CCL program to calculate code
                   point of characters.  */
		struct ccl_program *ccl = fontp->font_encoder;

		if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
		  for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
		    {
		      ccl->reg[0] = charset;
		      ccl->reg[1] = cp->byte2;
		      ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
		      /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately
                         set/reset by CCL program.  */
		      if (font->max_byte1 == 0)	/* 1-byte font */
			cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
		      else
			cp->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
		    }
		else
		  for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
		    {
		      ccl->reg[0] = charset;
		      ccl->reg[1] = cp->byte1, ccl->reg[2] = cp->byte2;
		      ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
		      /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately
                         set/reset by CCL program.  */
		      if (font->max_byte1 == 0)	/* 1-byte font */
			cp->byte1 = 0, cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
		      else
			cp->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], cp->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
		    }
	      }
	    else if (fontp->encoding[charset])
	      {
		int enc = fontp->encoding[charset];

		if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
		  for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
		    cp->byte1 |= 0x80;
		if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
		  for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
		    cp->byte2 |= 0x80;
	      }
	  }
	else
	  {
	  font_not_found:
	    if (charset == CHARSET_ASCII || charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
	      {
		font = FACE_FONT (face);
		if (!font || font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
		  font = f->output_data.x->font;
		baseline = FONT_BASE (f->output_data.x->font);
		if (charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
		  {
		    if (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80)
		      /* This font can't display Latin1 characters.  */
		      font = NULL;
		    else
		      {
			for (cp = x_2byte_buffer; cp < x_2byte_buffer + len; cp++)
			  cp->byte2 |= 0x80;
		      }
		  }
	      }
	    gc = FACE_GC (face);
	  }

	/* Now override that if the cursor's on this character.  */
	if (hl == 2)
	  {
	    /* The cursor overrides stippling.  */
	    stippled = 0;

	    if (font == f->output_data.x->font
		&& face->background == f->output_data.x->background_pixel
		&& face->foreground == f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel
		&& !cmpcharp)
	      {
		gc = f->output_data.x->cursor_gc;
	      }
	    /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge.  */
	    else
	      {
		XGCValues xgcv;
		unsigned long mask;

		xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
		xgcv.foreground = face->background;
		/* If the glyph would be invisible,
		   try a different foreground.  */
		if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
		  xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
		if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
		  xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel;
		if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
		  xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
		/* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face.  */
		if (xgcv.background == face->background
		    && xgcv.foreground == face->foreground)
		  {
		    xgcv.background = face->foreground;
		    xgcv.foreground = face->background;
		  }
		xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
		mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
		if (font)
		  {
		    xgcv.font = font->fid;
		    mask |= GCFont;
		  }

		if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
		  XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
			     FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
			     mask, &xgcv);
		else
		  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
		    = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, mask, &xgcv);
		gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
#if 0
/* If this code is restored, it must also reset to the default stipple
   if necessary. */
		if (face->stipple && face->stipple != FACE_DEFAULT)
		  XSetStipple (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, face->stipple);
#endif
	      }
	  }

	if (font)
	  require_clipping = (!NILP (Vclip_large_size_font)
			      && (font->ascent > baseline
				  || font->descent > line_height - baseline
				  || (!cmpcharp
				      && FONT_WIDTH (font) > glyph_width)));

	if (font && (just_foreground || (cmpcharp && gidx > 0)))
	  background_filled = 1;
	else if (stippled)
	  {
	    /* Turn stipple on.  */
	    XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillOpaqueStippled);

	    /* Draw stipple or background color on background.  */
	    XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
			    left, top, run_width, line_height);

	    /* Turn stipple off.  */
	    XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillSolid);

	    background_filled = 1;
	  }
	else if (!font
		 || FONT_BASE (font) < baseline
		 || (FONT_HEIGHT (font) - FONT_BASE (font)
		     < line_height - baseline)
		 || FONT_WIDTH (font) < glyph_width
		 || cmpcharp)
	  {
	    /* Fill a area for the current run in background pixle of GC.  */
	    XGCValues xgcv;
	    unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFillStyle;

	    /* The current code at first set foreground to background,
	      fill the area, then recover the original foreground.
	      Aren't there any smarter ways?  */

	    XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, mask, &xgcv);
	    XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, xgcv.background);
	    XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillSolid);
	    XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
			    left, top, run_width, line_height);
	    XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, xgcv.foreground);

	    background_filled = 1;
	    if (cmpcharp)
	      /* To assure not to fill background while drawing
		 remaining components.  */
	      just_foreground = 1;
	  }
	else
	  background_filled = 0;

	if (font)
	  {
	    if (require_clipping)
	      {
		Region region;	/* Region used for setting clip mask to GC.  */
		XPoint x[4];	/* Data used for creating REGION.  */

		x[0].x = x[3].x = left, x[1].x = x[2].x = left + glyph_width;
		x[0].y = x[1].y = top,  x[2].y = x[3].y = top + line_height;
		region = XPolygonRegion (x, 4, EvenOddRule);
		XSetRegion (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, region);
		XDestroyRegion (region);
	      }

	    if (!cmpcharp)
	      {
		if (require_clipping || FONT_WIDTH (font) != glyph_width)
		  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
		    {
		      if (require_clipping && i > 0) 
			XSetClipOrigin (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
					glyph_width * i, 0);
		      if (background_filled)
			XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
				       left + glyph_width * i,
				       top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
		      else
			XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
					    left + glyph_width * i,
					    top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
		    }
		else
		  {
		    /* See if this whole buffer can be output as 8-bit chars.
		       If so, copy x_2byte_buffer to x_1byte_buffer
		       and do it as 8-bit chars.  */
		    for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
		      {
			if (x_2byte_buffer[i].byte1 != 0)
			  break;
			x_1byte_buffer[i] = x_2byte_buffer[i].byte2;
		      }

		    if (i == len)
		      {
			if (background_filled)
			  XDrawString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
				       left, top + baseline, x_1byte_buffer, len);
			else
			  XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
					    left, top + baseline, x_1byte_buffer, len);
		      }
		    else
		      {
			/* We can't output them as 8-bit chars,
			   so do it as 16-bit chars.  */

			if (background_filled)
			  XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
					 left, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, len);
			else
			  XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
					      left, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, len);
		      }
		  }
	      }
	    else
	      {
		/* Handle composite characters.  */
		XCharStruct *pcm; /* Pointer to per char metric info.  */

		if ((cmpcharp->cmp_rule || relative_compose)
		    && gidx == 0)
		  {
		    /* This is the first character.  Initialize variables.
		       HIGHEST is the highest position of glyphs ever
		       written, LOWEST the lowest position.  */
		    int x_offset = 0;

		    if (default_ascent
			&& CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
			&& !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, first_ch)))
		      {
			highest = default_ascent;
			lowest = 0;
		      }
		    else
		      {
			pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer);
			highest = pcm->ascent + 1;
			lowest = - pcm->descent;
		      }

		    if (cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
		      x_offset = (cmpcharp->col_offset[0]
				  * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font));
		    /* Draw the first character at the normal position.  */
		    XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
				   left + x_offset, top + baseline, x_2byte_buffer, 1);
		    i = 1;
		    gidx++;
		  }
		else
		  i = 0;

		for (; i < len; i++, gidx++)
		  {
		    int x_offset = 0, y_offset = 0;

		    if (relative_compose)
		      {
			pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer + i);
			if (NILP (Vignore_relative_composition)
			    || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
					    make_number (cmpcharp->glyph[gidx]))))
			  {
			    if (- pcm->descent >= relative_compose)
			      {
				/* Draw above the current glyphs.  */
				y_offset = highest + pcm->descent;
				highest += pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
			      }
			    else if (pcm->ascent <= 0)
			      {
				/* Draw beneath the current glyphs.  */
				y_offset = lowest - pcm->ascent;
				lowest -= pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
			      }
			  }
			else
			  {
			    /* Draw the glyph at normal position.  If
                               it sticks out of HIGHEST or LOWEST,
                               update them appropriately.  */
			    if (pcm->ascent > highest)
			      highest = pcm->ascent;
			    else if (- pcm->descent < lowest)
			      lowest = - pcm->descent;
			  }
		      }
		    else if (cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
		      {
			int gref = (cmpcharp->cmp_rule[gidx] - 0xA0) / 9;
			int nref = (cmpcharp->cmp_rule[gidx] - 0xA0) % 9;
			int bottom, top;

			/* Re-encode GREF and NREF so that they specify
			   only Y-axis information:
			   0:top, 1:base, 2:bottom, 3:center  */
			gref = gref / 3 + (gref == 4) * 2;
			nref = nref / 3 + (nref == 4) * 2;

			pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (font, x_2byte_buffer + i);
			bottom = ((gref == 0 ? highest : gref == 1 ? 0
				   : gref == 2 ? lowest
				   : (highest + lowest) / 2)
				  - (nref == 0 ? pcm->ascent + pcm->descent
				     : nref == 1 ? pcm->descent : nref == 2 ? 0
				     : (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent) / 2));
			top = bottom + (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent);
			if (top > highest)
			  highest = top;
			if (bottom < lowest)
			  lowest = bottom;
			y_offset = bottom + pcm->descent;
			x_offset = (cmpcharp->col_offset[gidx]
				    * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font));
		      }
		    XDrawString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc,
				   left + x_offset, top + baseline - y_offset,
				   x_2byte_buffer + i, 1);
		  }
	      }
	    if (require_clipping)
	      XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None);

#if 0 /* Doesn't work, because it uses FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS,
	 which often is not up to date yet.  */
	    if (!just_foreground)
	      {
		if (left == orig_left)
		  redraw_previous_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left),
					PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1);
		if (n == 0)
		  redraw_following_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left + len * FONT_WIDTH (font)),
					 PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1);
	      }
#endif
	  }
	if (!font)
	  {
	    /* Show rectangles to indicate that we found no font.  */
	    int limit = cmpcharp ? 1 : len;

	    for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
	      XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			      left + glyph_width * i, top,
			      glyph_width - 1, line_height - 1);
	  }
	else if (require_clipping && !NILP (Vhighlight_wrong_size_font))
	  {
	    /* Show ??? to indicate that we found a font of
               inappropriate size.  */
	    int limit = cmpcharp ? 1 : len;

	    for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
	      {
		XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			   left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 1,
			   left + glyph_width * i + 1, top + line_height - 1);
		XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			   left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 3,
			   left + glyph_width * i, top + line_height - 1);
	      }
	  }

	/* We should probably check for XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION and
	   XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS properties on the font, but let's
	   just get the thing working, and come back to that.  */
	{
	  /* Setting underline position based on the metric of the
	     current font results in shaky underline if it strides
	     over different fonts.  So, we set the position based only
	     on the default font of this frame.  */
	  int underline_position = f->output_data.x->font_baseline + 1;

	  if (underline_position >= line_height)
	    underline_position = line_height - 1;

	  if (face->underline)
	    XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
			    FACE_GC (face),
			    left, top + underline_position, run_width, 1);
	}

	if (!cmpcharp)
	  left += run_width;
      }
    }

  return (left - orig_left);
}
#endif /* 1 */

#if 0
/* This is the old single-face code.  */

static void
dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, font)
     struct frame *f;
     int left, top;
     register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
     register int n;  /* Number of glyphs to display. */
     int hl;
     XFontStruct *font;
{
  register int len;
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
  GC drawing_gc =   (hl == 2 ? f->output_data.x->cursor_gc
		             : (hl ? f->output_data.x->reverse_gc
				   : f->output_data.x->normal_gc));

  if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (XChar2b))
    XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc,
			left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (XChar2b *) gp, n);
  else if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (unsigned char))
    XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc,
		      left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (char *) gp, n);
  else
    /* What size of glyph ARE you using?  And does X have a function to
       draw them?  */
    abort ();
}
#endif

/* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
   Advance the cursor over the text.
   Output LEN glyphs at START.

   `highlight', set up by XTreassert_line_highlight or XTchange_line_highlight,
   controls the pixel values used for foreground and background.  */

static void
XTwrite_glyphs (start, len)
     register GLYPH *start;
     int len;
{
  register int temp_length;
  int mask;
  struct frame *f;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  do_line_dance ();
  f = updating_frame;
  if (f == 0)
    {
      f = selected_frame;
      /* If not within an update,
	 output at the frame's visible cursor.  */
      curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
      curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
    }

  dumpglyphs (f,
	      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
	      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
	      start, len, highlight, 0, NULL);

  /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off.  */
  if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
      && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
      && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x)
    f->phys_cursor_on = 0;

  curs_x += len;
  if (curs_x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f))
    curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1;

  if (updating_frame == 0)
    x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f));
      

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Clear to the end of the line.
   Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
   to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive).  The idea is that everything
   from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased.  */

static void
XTclear_end_of_line (first_unused)
     register int first_unused;
{
  struct frame *f = updating_frame;
  int mask;

  if (f == 0)
    abort ();

  if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
    return;
  if (first_unused <= 0)
    return;

  if (first_unused >= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
    first_unused = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);

  first_unused += FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f);

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  do_line_dance ();

  /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation.  */
  if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
      && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
      && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
    f->phys_cursor_on = 0;

  XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
	      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
	      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
	      FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
	      f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
#if 0
  redraw_previous_char (f, curs_x, curs_y, highlight);
#endif

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

static void
XTclear_frame ()
{
  int mask;
  struct frame *f = updating_frame;

  if (f == 0)
    f = selected_frame;

  f->phys_cursor_on = 0;	/* Cursor not visible.  */
  curs_x = 0;			/* Nominal cursor position is top left.  */
  curs_y = 0;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));

  /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too.  If we have changed
     colors or something like that, then they should be notified.  */
  x_scroll_bar_clear (f);

  XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

#if 0
/* This currently does not work because FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS doesn't
   always contain the right glyphs to use.

   It also needs to be changed to look at the details of the font and
   see whether there is really overlap, and do nothing when there is
   not.  This can use font_char_overlap_left and font_char_overlap_right,
   but just how to use them is not clear.  */

/* Erase the character (if any) at the position just before X, Y in frame F,
   then redraw it and the character before it.
   This is necessary when we erase starting at X,
   in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X.
   Call this function with input blocked.  */

static void
redraw_previous_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     int x, y;
     int highlight_flag;
{
  /* Erase the character before the new ones, in case
     what was here before overlaps it.
     Reoutput that character, and the previous character
     (in case the previous character overlaps it).  */
  if (x > 0)
    {
      int start_x = x - 2;
      if (start_x < 0)
	start_x = 0;
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x - 1),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
		  FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
		  f->output_data.x->line_height, False);

      dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, start_x),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
		  &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][start_x],
		  x - start_x, highlight_flag, 1, NULL);
    }
}

/* Erase the character (if any) at the position X, Y in frame F,
   then redraw it and the character after it.
   This is necessary when we erase endng at X,
   in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X.
   Call this function with input blocked.  */

static void
redraw_following_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     int x, y;
     int highlight_flag;
{
  int limit = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[y];
  /* Erase the character after the new ones, in case
     what was here before overlaps it.
     Reoutput that character, and the following character
     (in case the following character overlaps it).  */
  if (x < limit
      && FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x] != SPACEGLYPH)
    {
      int end_x = x + 2;
      if (end_x > limit)
	end_x = limit;
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
		  FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
		  f->output_data.x->line_height, False);

      dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
		  &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x],
		  end_x - x, highlight_flag, 1, NULL);
    }
}
#endif /* 0 */

#if 0 /* Not in use yet */

/* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its left edge.  */

static int
font_char_overlap_left (font, c)
     XFontStruct *font;
     int c;
{
  XCharStruct *s;

  /* Find the bounding-box info for C.  */
  if (font->per_char == 0)
    s = &font->max_bounds;
  else
    {
      int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1;
      int row, within;

      /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2).  */
      row = c >> 8;
      within = c & 0177;
      if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	    && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
	    && row >= font->min_byte1
	    && row <= font->max_byte1))
	{
	  /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead.  */
	  c = font->default_char;
	  row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8);
	  within = c & 0177;
	}
      if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	    && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
	    && row >= font->min_byte1
	    && row <= font->max_byte1))
	/* Still out of range means this char does not overlap.  */
	return 0;
      else
	/* We found the info for this char.  */
	s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2)
	     + row * rowlen);
    }

  return (s && s->lbearing < 0);
}

/* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its right edge.  */

static int
font_char_overlap_right (font, c)
     XFontStruct *font;
     int c;
{
  XCharStruct *s;

  /* Find the bounding-box info for C.  */
  if (font->per_char == 0)
    s = &font->max_bounds;
  else
    {
      int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1;
      int row, within;

      /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2).  */
      row = c >> 8;
      within = c & 0177;
      if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	    && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
	    && row >= font->min_byte1
	    && row <= font->max_byte1))
	{
	  /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead.  */
	  c = font->default_char;
	  row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8);
	  within = c & 0177;
	}
      if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	    && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2
	    && row >= font->min_byte1
	    && row <= font->max_byte1))
	/* Still out of range means this char does not overlap.  */
	return 0;
      else
	/* We found the info for this char.  */
	s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2)
	     + row * rowlen);
    }

  return (s && s->rbearing >= s->width);
}
#endif /* 0 */

/* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec.  */

/* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make sure
   it's available.  If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells.  */
#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)

/* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y,
   storing the result in RESULT.
   Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0.  */

static int
timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
     struct timeval *result, x, y;
{
  /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y.
     This is safer because on some systems
     the tv_sec member is unsigned.  */
  if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec)
    {
      int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1;
      y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec;
      y.tv_sec += nsec;
    }
  if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000)
    {
      int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000;
      y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec;
      y.tv_sec -= nsec;
    }

  /* Compute the time remaining to wait.  tv_usec is certainly positive.  */
  result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec;
  result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec;

  /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered negative.  */
  return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec;
}

void
XTflash (f)

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  {
    GC gc;

    /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground pixels
       into background pixels.  */
    {
      XGCValues values;

      values.function = GXxor;
      values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel

	  break;

	case vertical_scroll_bar_right:
	  flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
	  break;
	}

      width = flash_right - flash_left;

      /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line.  */
      if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
	{
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			  width, flash_height);
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left,
			  (height - flash_height
			   - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),

	/* If it is short, flash it all.  */ 
	XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));

      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));

      {
	struct timeval wakeup, now;

	EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup);

	/* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs.  */
	wakeup.tv_usec += 150000;

      /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line.  */
      if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
	{
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			  width, flash_height);
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left,
			  (height - flash_height
			   - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),

	XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));

      XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc);
      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
    }
  }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

#endif


/* Make audible bell.  */

#define XRINGBELL XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame), 0)

      XRINGBELL;
      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame));
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}

/* Insert and delete character.
   These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn
   off the feature of using them.  */

static void
XTinsert_glyphs (start, len)
     register char *start;
     register int len;
{
  abort ();
}

static void
XTdelete_glyphs (n)
     register int n;
{
  abort ();
}

/* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
   should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
   This, and those operations, are used only within an update
   that is bounded by calls to XTupdate_begin and XTupdate_end.  */

static void
XTset_terminal_window (n)
     register int n;
{
  if (updating_frame == 0)
    abort ();

  if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height))
    flexlines = updating_frame->height;
  else
    flexlines = n;
}

/* These variables need not be per frame
   because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis
   and the line dance for one frame is finished before
   anything is done for anoter frame.  */

/* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations.
   line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want
   to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there.  */
static int *line_dance;

/* Allocated length of that array.  */
static int line_dance_len;

/* Flag indicating whether we've done any work.  */
static int line_dance_in_progress;

/* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation,
   inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS.  */
void
XTins_del_lines (vpos, n)
     int vpos, n;
{
  register int fence, i;

  if (vpos >= flexlines)
    return;

  if (!line_dance_in_progress)
    {
      int ht = updating_frame->height;
      if (ht > line_dance_len)
	{
	  line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int));
	  line_dance_len = ht;
	}
      for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i;
      line_dance_in_progress = 1;
    }
  if (n >= 0)
    {
      if (n > flexlines - vpos)
	n = flexlines - vpos;
      fence = vpos + n;
      for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
	line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
      for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
	line_dance[i] = -1;
    }
  else
    {
      n = -n;
      if (n > flexlines - vpos)
	n = flexlines - vpos;
      fence = flexlines - n;
      for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i)
	line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n];
      for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i)
	line_dance[i] = -1;
    }
}

/* Here's where we actually move the pixels around.
   Must be called with input blocked.  */
static void
do_line_dance ()
{
  register int i, j, distance;
  register struct frame *f;
  int ht;
  int intborder;

  /* Must check this flag first.  If it's not set, then not only is the
     array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame.  */
  if (!line_dance_in_progress)
    return;

  f = updating_frame;
  if (f == 0)
    abort ();

  ht = f->height;
  intborder = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f));

  x_update_cursor (updating_frame, 0);

  for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
    if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0)
      {
	for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1
		     && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j);
	/* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance,j+distance) */
	XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
		   intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance),
		   FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
		   (j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height,
		   intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i));
	i = j-1;
      }

  for (i = ht; --i >=0; )
    if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0)
      {
	for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
		     && line_dance[j]-j == distance););
	/* Copy (j,i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
	XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
		   intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
		   FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
		   (i-j) * f->output_data.x->line_height,
		   intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1));
	i = j+1;
      }

  for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
    if (line_dance[i] == -1)
      {
	for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j);
	/* Clear [i,j) */
	XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		    intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
		    FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
		    (j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
	i = j-1;
      }
  line_dance_in_progress = 0;
}

/* Support routines for exposure events.  */
static void clear_cursor ();

/* Output into a rectangle of an X-window (for frame F)
   the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle.
   TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle.
   ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle.
   Call this function with input blocked.  */

static void
dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows)
     struct frame *f;
     register int left, top, cols, rows;
{
  register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
  int cursor_cleared = 0;
  int bottom, right;
  register int y;

  if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
    return;

  /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size.  */
  bottom = top + rows;
  right = left + cols;

  /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
     Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom.  */
  top  = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
  left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
  bottom += (f->output_data.x->line_height - 1);
  right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) - 1);
  bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
  right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);

  /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible.  */
  if (left < 0)
    left = 0;
  if (top < 0)
    top = 0;
  if (right > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
    right = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
  if (bottom > f->height)
    bottom = f->height;

  /* Get size in chars of the rectangle.  */
  cols = right - left;
  rows = bottom - top;

  /* If rectangle has zero area, return.  */
  if (rows <= 0) return;
  if (cols <= 0) return;

  /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
     We will turn it back on afterward.  */
  if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
      && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
    {
      clear_cursor (f);
      cursor_cleared = 1;
    }

  /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time.  */

  for (y = top; y < bottom; y++)
    {
      GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left];

      if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
	continue;

      while (*line & GLYPH_MASK_PADDING)
	{
	  /* We must display the whole glyph of a wide-column
             character.  */
	  left--;
	  line--;
	  cols++;
	}
      dumpglyphs (f,
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
		  line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
		  active_frame->highlight[y], 0, NULL);
    }

  /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off.  */

  if (cursor_cleared)
    x_update_cursor (f, 1);
}

static void
frame_highlight (f)
     struct frame *f;
{

			  f->output_data.x->border_tile);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  x_update_cursor (f, 1);
}

static void XTframe_rehighlight ();
static void x_frame_rehighlight ();

/* The focus has changed.  Update the frames as necessary to reflect
   the new situation.  Note that we can't change the selected frame
   here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
   Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
   Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events.  */

x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     struct frame *frame;
{
  struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
  int events_enqueued = 0;

  if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    {
      /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
	 the correct value of x_focus_frame.  */

  x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame);
}

/* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
   another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
   minibuffer frame).  Shift the highlight as appropriate.

   The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
   frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find
   the appropriate X display info.  */
static void
XTframe_rehighlight (frame)
     struct frame *frame;
{
  x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));

	frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
      if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
	frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
    }
}

/* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */

/* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning.  */
static void
x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;

  mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display);

  /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
     Alt keysyms are on.  */
  {
    int row, col;	/* The row and column in the modifier table. */

    for (row = 3; row < 8; row++)
      for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++)
	{
	  KeyCode code

  XFreeModifiermap (mods);
}

/* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
   Emacs uses.  */
static unsigned int
x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     unsigned int state;
{

  value = XKeysymToString (keysym);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  return value;
}

/* Mouse clicks and mouse movement.  Rah.  */

/* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return
   glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y).  Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle
   that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.
   If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range.  */

void
pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     register int pix_x, pix_y;
     register int *x, *y;
     XRectangle *bounds;
     int noclip;
{
  /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
     even for negative values.  */
  if (pix_x < 0)
    pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1;
  if (pix_y < 0)
    pix_y -= (f)->output_data.x->line_height - 1;

  *x = pix_x;
  *y = pix_y;
}

void
glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     register int x, y;
     register int *pix_x, *pix_y;
{
  *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
  *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
}

/* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.

   If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
   the mouse.  */

					       event->state)
		       | (event->type == ButtonRelease
			  ? up_modifier
			  : down_modifier));

  {
    int row, column;

#if 0
    pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, event->x, event->y, &column, &row, NULL, 0);
    XSETFASTINT (result->x, column);
    XSETFASTINT (result->y, row);
#endif
    XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
    XSETINT (result->y, event->y);
    XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
  }
}

/* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.  */

static Lisp_Object
construct_menu_click (result, event, f)

  XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
  XSETINT (result->y, -1);
  XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
}

/* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
   The input handler calls this.

   We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
   If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
   the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved.  If not, ask for
   another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves.  */

static void
note_mouse_movement (frame, event)
     FRAME_PTR frame;
     XMotionEvent *event;
{
  last_mouse_movement_time = event->time;

  if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame))
    {
      frame->mouse_moved = 1;
      last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;

      note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
    }

  /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting?  */
  else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x

	   || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y
	   || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height)
    {
      frame->mouse_moved = 1;
      last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;

      note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y);
    }
}

/* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight.  */
static int disable_mouse_highlight;

/* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F
   as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties.
   Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before.
   X and Y can be negative or out of range.  */

static void
note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     int x, y;
{
  int row, column, portion;
  XRectangle new_glyph;
  Lisp_Object window;
  struct window *w;

  if (disable_mouse_highlight)
    return;

  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;

  if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer)
    return;

  if (gc_in_progress)
    {
      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
      return;
    }

  /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on.  */
  pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
			 &new_glyph, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);

  /* Which window is that in?  */
  window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion);
  w = XWINDOW (window);

  /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that.  */
  if (! EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
    clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));

  /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
     And verify the buffer's text has not changed.  */
  if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0
      && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f)
      && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
      && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
      && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified)
	  == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))))
    {
      int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row];
      int i, pos;

      /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to.  */
      for (i = column; i >= 0; i--)
	if (ptr[i] > 0)
	  break;
      pos = ptr[i];
      /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)?  */
      if (pos <= 0)
	clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
      else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
		  && row >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
		  && row <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
		  && (row > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
		      || column >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
		  && (row < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
		      || column < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
		      || FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
	{
	  Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
	  Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
	  int len, noverlays, ignor1;
	  struct buffer *obuf;
	  int obegv, ozv;

	  /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error.  */
	  if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
	    return;

	  /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
	     overlays_at and compute_char_face.  */
	  obuf = current_buffer;
	  current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
	  obegv = BEGV;
	  ozv = ZV;
	  BEGV = BEG;
	  ZV = Z;

	  /* Yes.  Clear the display of the old active region, if any.  */
	  clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f));

	  /* Is this char mouse-active?  */
	  XSETINT (position, pos);

	  len = 10;
	  overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));

	  /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
	     Store the length in len.  */
	  noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
				   NULL, NULL);
	  noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);

	  /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop.  */
	  overlay = Qnil;
	  for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
	    {
	      mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
	      if (!NILP (mouse_face))
		{
		  overlay = overlay_vec[i];
		  break;
		}
	    }
	  free (overlay_vec);
	  /* If no overlay applies, get a text property.  */
	  if (NILP (overlay))
	    mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);

	  /* Handle the overlay case.  */
	  if (! NILP (overlay))
	    {
	      /* Find the range of text around this char that
		 should be active.  */
	      Lisp_Object before, after;
	      int ignore;

	      before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
	      after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
	      /* Record this as the current active region.  */
	      fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (before),
				  &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
				  &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
	      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
		= !fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (after),
				       &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
				       &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
	      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
	      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
		= compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
				     &ignore, pos + 1, 1);

	      /* Display it as active.  */
	      show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
	    }
	  /* Handle the text property case.  */
	  else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
	    {
	      /* Find the range of text around this char that
		 should be active.  */
	      Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
	      int ignore;

	      beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
	      XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
			     - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
	      before
		= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
						    Qmouse_face,
						    w->buffer, beginning);
	      after
		= Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
						w->buffer, end);
	      /* Record this as the current active region.  */
	      fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (before),
				  &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
				  &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
	      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
		= !fast_find_position (window, XFASTINT (after),
				       &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
				       &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
	      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
	      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
		= compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
				     &ignore, pos + 1, 1);

	      /* Display it as active.  */
	      show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
	    }
	  BEGV = obegv;
	  ZV = ozv;
	  current_buffer = obuf;
	}
    }
}

/* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW.
   Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP.
   This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date.
   If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords
   of start of first screen line.
   If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line.

   Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen.  */

static int
fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp)
     Lisp_Object window;
     int pos;
     int *columnp, *rowp;
{
  struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  int i;
  int row = 0;
  int left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w);
  int top = XFASTINT (w->top);
  int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
  int width = window_internal_width (w);
  int *charstarts;
  int lastcol;
  int maybe_next_line = 0;

  /* Find the right row.  */
  for (i = 0;
       i < height;
       i++)
    {
      int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left];
      if (linestart > pos)
	break;
      /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
	 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window.  */
      if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
	{
	  maybe_next_line = 1;
	  break;
	}
      if (linestart > 0)
	row = i;
    }

  /* Find the right column with in it.  */
  charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row];
  lastcol = left;
  for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
    {
      if (charstarts[left + i] == pos)
	{
	  *rowp = row + top;
	  *columnp = i + left;
	  return 1;
	}
      else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos)
	break;
      else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0)
	lastcol = left + i + 1;
    }

  /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
     and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
     use the start of the following line.  */
  if (maybe_next_line)
    {
      row++;
      lastcol = left;
    }

  *rowp = row + top;
  *columnp = lastcol;
  return 0;
}

/* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
   in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0.  */

static void
show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     int hl;
{
  struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
  int width = window_internal_width (w);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  int i;
  int cursor_off = 0;
  int old_curs_x = curs_x;
  int old_curs_y = curs_y;

  /* Set these variables temporarily
     so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again
     we will put it back at the same place.  */
  curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x;
  curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y;  
  for (i = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row;
       i <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++)
    {
      int column = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
		    ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col
		    : WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w));
      int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
		       ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
		       : WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) + width);
      endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]);

      /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite,
	 turn the cursor off.  */
      if (i == curs_y
	  && curs_x >= column - 1
	  && curs_x <= endcolumn)
	{
	  x_update_cursor (f, 0);
	  cursor_off = 1;
	}

      dumpglyphs (f,
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
		  CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
		  FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column,
		  endcolumn - column,
		  /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0.  */
		  hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0, NULL);
    }

  /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on.  */
  if (cursor_off)
    x_display_cursor (f, 1, curs_x, curs_y);

  curs_x = old_curs_x;
  curs_y = old_curs_y;

  /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL.  */
  if (hl > 0)
    XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
  else
    XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
}

/* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
   Redraw it unhighlighted first.  */

static void
clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
{
  if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
    show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0);

  dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
}

   If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
   mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
   the mouse is over.

   Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse
   was at this position.

   Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.

   This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse

      /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
	 containing the pointer.  */
      {
	Window win, child;
	int win_x, win_y;
	int parent_x, parent_y;
	int count;

	win = root;

	/* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window

	if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
	  f1 = selected_frame;

	if (f1)
	  {
	    int ignore1, ignore2;

	    /* Ok, we found a frame.  Store all the values.  */

	    pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
				   &last_mouse_glyph,
				   FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
				   || insist);

	    *bar_window = Qnil;
	    *part = 0;
	    *fp = f1;
	    XSETINT (*x, win_x);

      }
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Scroll bar support.  */

/* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
   This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
   bits.  */
static struct scroll_bar *
x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
     Window window_id;
{
  Lisp_Object tail, frame;

  for (tail = Vframe_list;
       XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
       tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
    {

    }

  return 0;
}

/* Open a new X window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the
   scroll bar vector for it.  */
static struct scroll_bar *
x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
     struct window *window;
     int top, left, width, height;
{
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
  struct scroll_bar *bar
    = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  {
    XSetWindowAttributes a;
    unsigned long mask;
    a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel;
    a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask
		    | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask
		    | ExposureMask);
    a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;

    mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor);

#if 0

    ac = 0;
    XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNx, left); ac++;
    XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNy, top); ac++;
    XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, width); ac++;
    XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, height); ac++;
    XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNborderWidth, 0); ac++;
    sb_widget = XtCreateManagedWidget ("box",
				       boxWidgetClass,
				       f->output_data.x->edit_widget, al, ac);
    SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW
      (bar, sb_widget->core.window);
#endif
    SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW
      (bar,
       XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),

		      /* Position and size of scroll bar.  */
		      left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, top,
		      width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, height,

		      /* Border width, depth, class, and visual.  */
		      0, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent,

		      /* Attributes.  */
		      mask, &a));
  }

  XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window);
  XSETINT (bar->top, top);
  XSETINT (bar->left, left);
  XSETINT (bar->width, width);
  XSETINT (bar->height, height);
  XSETINT (bar->start, 0);

  /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars.  */
  bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
  bar->prev = Qnil;
  XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
  if (! NILP (bar->next))
    XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);

  XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  return bar;
}

/* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
   If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
   redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
   redraw it.  (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
   events.)

   Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
   fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar
   handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the
   bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to
   move to the very end of the buffer.  */
static void
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int start, end;
     int rebuild;
{
  int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
  Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
  GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;

		  VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
		  VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER,
		  inside_width, start,
		  False);

    /* Draw the handle itself.  */
    XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,

		    /* x, y, width, height */
		    VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
		    VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start,
		    inside_width, end - start);


    /* Draw the empty space below the handle.  Note that we can't
       clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
    if (end < inside_height)
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,

		  False);

  }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
   window configurations.  */
static void
x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int top, left, width, height;
{
  Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  {
    XWindowChanges wc;
    unsigned int mask = 0;

    wc.x = left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
    wc.y = top;

    wc.width = width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2;
    wc.height = height;

    if (left != XINT (bar->left))	mask |= CWX;
    if (top != XINT (bar->top))		mask |= CWY;
    if (width != XINT (bar->width))	mask |= CWWidth;
    if (height != XINT (bar->height))	mask |= CWHeight;

    if (mask)
      XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
			mask, &wc);
  }

  XSETINT (bar->left, left);
  XSETINT (bar->top, top);
  XSETINT (bar->width, width);
  XSETINT (bar->height, height);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Destroy the X window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
   to nil.  */
static void
x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
{
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  /* Destroy the window.  */
  XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));

  /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window.  */
  XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
   that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
   characters, starting at POSITION.  If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
   create one.  */
static void
XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
     struct window *window;
     int portion, whole, position;
{
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
  int top = XINT (window->top);
  int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
  int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);

  /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise?  */
  int pixel_top  = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
  int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
  int pixel_width
    = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
       ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
       : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)));
  int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);

  struct scroll_bar *bar;

  /* Does the scroll bar exist yet?  */
  if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
    bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window,
			      pixel_top, pixel_left,
			      pixel_width, pixel_height);
  else
    {
      /* It may just need to be moved and resized.  */
      bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
      x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height);
    }

  /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
     dragged.  */
  if (NILP (bar->dragging))
    {
      int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, pixel_height);

	x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
      else
	{
	  int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole;
	  int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole;

	  x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
	}
    }

  XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
}


/* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
   redisplay of the frame.  We don't explicitly know which scroll bars

   that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
   from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window.  */

/* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
   to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'.  A scroll bar may be spared if
   `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement.  */
static void
XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
     FRAME_PTR frame;
{
  /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS.  */

	XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
      FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
    }
}

/* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle.
   Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all.  */
static void
XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
     struct window *window;
{

  }
}

/* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
   last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'.  */
static void
XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
     FRAME_PTR f;
{
  Lisp_Object bar, next;

  /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
     and they should get garbage-collected.  */
}


/* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */
static void
x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     XEvent *event;
{
  Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
  GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
  int width_trim = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1);

  /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
  XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,

		  /* x, y, width, height */
		  0, 0,
		  XINT (bar->width) - 1 - width_trim - width_trim,
		  XINT (bar->height) - 1);
    
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR.  If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
   is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */
static void
x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     XEvent *event;
     struct input_event *emacs_event;

	  ? up_modifier
	  : down_modifier));
  emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
  emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time;
  {
    FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
    int internal_height
      = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
    int top_range
      = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
    int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;

    if (y < 0) y = 0;

/* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */
static void
x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     XEvent *event;
{

    }
}

/* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
   on the scroll bar.  */
static void
x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
     FRAME_PTR *fp;
     Lisp_Object *bar_window;
     enum scroll_bar_part *part;

		       /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys.  */
		       &dummy_mask))
    ;
  else
    {
      int inside_height
	= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
      int top_range
	= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE     (f, XINT (bar->height));

      win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;

void
x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
     FRAME_PTR f;
{
  Lisp_Object bar;

  /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
     if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
     But in that case we should not clear them.  */
  if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
    for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
	 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)),
		  0, 0, 0, 0, True);
}

/* This processes Expose events from the menubar specific X event
   loop in xmenu.c.  This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
   when handling menubar or popup items.  */

void
process_expose_from_menu (event)
     XEvent event;
{
  FRAME_PTR f;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (event.xexpose.display);
  f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window);

	  f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
	  SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
	}
      else
	{
	  dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window),
			 event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
			 event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
	}
    }
  else
    {
      struct scroll_bar *bar

      if (bar)
	x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event);
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling.  */

struct selection_event_queue

  };

static struct selection_event_queue *queue;

/* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet.  */
static int x_queue_selection_requests;

/* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later.  */

static void
x_queue_event (f, event)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     XEvent *event;
{
  struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp
    = (struct selection_event_queue *) malloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue));

  if (queue_tmp != NULL)
    {
      queue_tmp->event = *event;
      queue_tmp->next = queue;

  while (queue != NULL)
    {
      struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue;
      XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event);
      queue = queue_tmp->next;
      free ((char *)queue_tmp);
    }
}

/* Start queuing SelectionRequest events.  */

  x_unqueue_events (display);
}

/* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket.  */

/* Timestamp of enter window event.  This is only used by XTread_socket,
   but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
   sometimes don't work.  */
static Time enter_timestamp;

/* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
   and other tricks known as "compose processing".  _X Window System_
   says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
   me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.

   This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
   given for enter_timestamp, above.  */
static XComposeStatus compose_status;

/* Record the last 100 characters stored
   to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem.  */
static int temp_index;
static short temp_buffer[100];

/* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
   on a particular display.  */
struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error;

/* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
   to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
   We try all the open displays, one by one.
   This variable is used for cycling thru the displays.  */
static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo;

#define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) { \
  if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
    f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = (XEvent*)xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
  bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
  if (numchars >= 1) \
    { \
      bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \
      XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
      bufp++; \
      count++; \
      numchars--; \
    } \
  }
#define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
#define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))

/* Read events coming from the X server.
   This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
   We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.

     /* register */ int numchars;
     int expected;
{
  int count = 0;
  int nbytes = 0;
  int mask;
  int items_pending;		/* How many items are in the X queue. */
  XEvent event;
  struct frame *f;
  int event_found = 0;
  int prefix;
  Lisp_Object part;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
  Status status_return;
#endif

  /* So people can tell when we have read the available input.  */
  input_signal_count++;

  if (numchars <= 0)
    abort ();			/* Don't think this happens. */

  /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
     It's the one communicating on descriptor SD.  */
  for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
    {
#if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it.  */
#ifdef FIOSNBIO
      /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
	 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK.  If O_NDELAY is set,
	 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
	 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
      fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0);
#endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
#endif

#if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,

	{
	  XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0;
	  x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display);
	}

      while (XPending (dpyinfo->display) != 0)
	{
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
          /* needed to raise Motif submenus */
	  XtAppNextEvent (Xt_app_con, &event);
#else
	  XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
	  {
	    struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
						      event.xclient.window);
	    /* The necessity of the following line took me

		      }
		    else if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
			     == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself)
		      {
			/* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
			   something which can reinstate us. This notifies
			   the session manager, who's looking for such a
			   PropertyNotify.  Can restart processing when
			   a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
			if (numchars > 0)
			  {
			    f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
						       event.xclient.window);

		      = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
		    _XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL,
					    &event, NULL);
		  }
#endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
	      }
	      break;

	    case SelectionNotify:
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT

		goto OTHER;
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection);
	      break;

	    case SelectionClear:	/* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
	      if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window))
		goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      {

		count += 1;
		numchars -= 1;
	      }
	      break;

	    case SelectionRequest:	/* Someone wants our selection. */
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
	      if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner))
		goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      if (x_queue_selection_requests)

		      f->async_iconified = 0;
		      f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
		      SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
		    }
		  else
		    dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
						      event.xexpose.window),
				   event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
				   event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
		}
	      else
		{
		  struct scroll_bar *bar
		    = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window);

		  if (bar)
		    x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event);
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
		  else
		    goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
		}
	      break;

	    case GraphicsExpose:	/* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
				      source area was obscured or not
				      available.*/
	      f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable);
	      if (f)
		{
		  dumprectangle (f,
				 event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y,
				 event.xgraphicsexpose.width,
				 event.xgraphicsexpose.height);
		}
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
	      else
		goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      break;

	    case NoExpose:		/* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
				      source area was completely
				      available */
	      break;

	    case UnmapNotify:
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window);
	      if (f)		/* F may no longer exist if
				       the frame was deleted.  */
		{
		  /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is

		    }
		}
	      goto OTHER;

	    case MapNotify:
	      /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can come
		 for subwindows and they don't mean that the frame is visible.  */
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window);
	      if (f)
		{
		  f->async_visible = 1;
		  f->async_iconified = 0;

		       in case this is the second frame.  */
		    record_asynch_buffer_change ();
		}
	      goto OTHER;

	      /* Turn off processing if we become fully obscured. */
	    case VisibilityNotify:
	      break;

	    case KeyPress:
	      f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window);

	      if (f != 0)
		{
		  KeySym keysym, orig_keysym;
		  /* [e-mail] says that making this 81 instead of
		     80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang.  */
		  unsigned char copy_buffer[81];
		  int modifiers;

#if 0 /* This was how we made f10 work in Motif.
	 The drawback is, you can't type at Emacs when the
	 the mouse is in the menu bar.  So it is better to
	 turn off f10 in Motif and let Emacs handle it.  */
#ifdef USE_MOTIF
                  if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (event.xkey.window,
                                               f->output_data.x->menubar_widget
                                               ))
                    {
                      SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT;
                      break;
                    }
#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
#endif /* 0 */

		  event.xkey.state
		    |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
					       extra_keyboard_modifiers);
		  modifiers = event.xkey.state;

						      modifiers);
			  bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time;
			  bufp++;
			  count++;
			  numchars--;
			}
		      else if (numchars > nbytes)
			{
			  register int i;

		    abort ();
		}
	      goto OTHER;

	      /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole
		 FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess.  If you get a
		 FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut event before you
		 relinquish the focus.  If you haven't received a FocusIn event,
		 then a mere LeaveNotify is enough to free you.  */

	    case EnterNotify:
	      f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);

	      if (event.xcrossing.focus)		/* Entered Window */
		{
		  /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
		  if (f && (!(f->auto_raise)
			    || !(f->auto_lower)
			    || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500))
		    {
		      x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
		      enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time;
		    }
		}
	      else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
		x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
	      /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
		 so update things that depend on mouse position.  */
	      if (f)
		note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
	      goto OTHER;

	    case FocusIn:
	      f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window);
	      if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer)
		dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = f;

	    case LeaveNotify:
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
	      if (f)
		{
		  if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
		    /* If we move outside the frame,
		       then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame.  */
		    clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);

		  if (event.xcrossing.focus)
		    x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo);
		  else
		    {
		      if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
			dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;

	      goto OTHER;

	    case MotionNotify:
	      {
		if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
		    && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
		  f = last_mouse_frame;
		else
		  f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window);
		if (f)
		  note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
		else
		  {
		    struct scroll_bar *bar
		      = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window);

		    if (bar)
		      x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event);

		    /* If we move outside the frame,
		       then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame.  */
		    clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
		  }
	      }
	      goto OTHER;

	    case ConfigureNotify:
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window);
	      if (f)
		{
		  int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height);
		  int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width);
#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
		  /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
		     is called by the code that handles resizing
		     of the EmacsFrame widget.  */

		  if (event.xconfigure.x == 0 && event.xconfigure.y == 0)
		    {
		      event.xconfigure.x = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x;
		      event.xconfigure.y = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y;
		    }
#endif
		  /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off.  */
		  if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
		      || f->phys_cursor_x >= columns)
		    {
		      f->phys_cursor_x = 0;
		      f->phys_cursor_y = 0;
		      f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
		    }
		}

	      goto OTHER;

	    case ButtonPress:
	    case ButtonRelease:
	      {
		/* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
		   by the rest of Emacs, we put it here.  */
		struct input_event emacs_event;
		emacs_event.kind = no_event;

		bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status));

		if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
		    && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
		  f = last_mouse_frame;
		else
		  f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window);

		if (f)
		  {
		    if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
		      construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f);
		  }
		else
		  {
		    struct scroll_bar *bar
		      = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window);

		    if (bar)
		      x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event);
		  }

		if (event.type == ButtonPress)
		  {
		    dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button);

		       before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
		       Emacs events should reflect only motion after
		       the ButtonPress.  */
		    if (f != 0)
		      f->mouse_moved = 0;
		  }
		else
		  {
		    dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button);
		  }

		else if (event.type == ButtonPress)
		  {
		    last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
		    goto OTHER;
		  }
#ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
		    but I am trying to be cautious.  */
		else if (event.type == ButtonRelease)
		  {
		    if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame))
		      {
			f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame);
			if (f->output_data.x)
			  {
			    SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
			  }
		      }
		    else 
		      goto OTHER;
		  }
#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
		else
		  goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      }
	      break;

	    case CirculateNotify:
	      break;
	    case CirculateRequest:
	      break;

	    case MappingNotify:
	      /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
		 local cache.  */
	      switch (event.xmapping.request)

	      break;
	    }
	}
    }

  /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
     when the window is destroyed.  Detect that.  (1994.)  */
  if (! event_found)
    {
      /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.

	  /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open.  */
	  next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next;
	}
    }

  /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
     raise it now.  */
  /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame.  */
  if (pending_autoraise_frame)
    {
      x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);

    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  return count;
}

/* Drawing the cursor.  */


/* Draw a hollow box cursor on frame F at X, Y.
   Don't change the inside of the box.  */

static void
x_draw_box (f, x, y)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y;
{
  int left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
  int top  = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
  int width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font);
  int height = f->output_data.x->line_height;
  int c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (f->phys_cursor_glyph);
  int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);

  XGCValues xgcv;
  unsigned long mask = GCForeground;

  xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;

  /* cursor_gc's foreground color is typically the same as the normal
     background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible.  */
  if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
    XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
               FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
               mask, &xgcv);
  else
    FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
      = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);

  /* If cursor is on a multi-column character, multiply WIDTH by columns.  */
  width *= (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION
	    ? cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (c)]->width
	    : CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
  XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
                  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
		  left, top, width - 1, height - 1);
}

/* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color,
   and mark the cursor as not shown.
   This is used when the text where the cursor is
   is about to be rewritten.  */

static void
clear_cursor (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int mask;

  if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
      || ! f->phys_cursor_on)
    return;

  x_update_cursor (f, 0);
  f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
}

/* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style
   HIGHLIGHT.  HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs.  Return the
   glyph drawn.  */

static void
x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight)
     struct frame *f;
     int row, column;
     GLYPH glyph;
     int highlight;
{
  dumpglyphs (f,
	      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
	      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row),
	      &glyph, 1, highlight, 0, NULL);
}

static void
x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, x, y)
     struct frame *f;
     int on;
     int x, y;
{
  struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);

  /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
     frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
     changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame.  */
  if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
    return;

  if (! on && ! f->phys_cursor_on)
    return;

  /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it.  */
  if (f->phys_cursor_on
      && (!on
	  || f->phys_cursor_x != x
	  || f->phys_cursor_y != y
	  || f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor))
    {
      /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it.  */
      x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
			   f->phys_cursor_glyph,
			   current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]);
      f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
    }

  /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so.  */
  if (on
      && (! f->phys_cursor_on
	  || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
    {
      f->phys_cursor_glyph
	= ((current_glyphs->enable[y]
	    && x < current_glyphs->used[y])
	   ? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x]
	   : SPACEGLYPH);

      {
	XGCValues xgcv;
	unsigned long mask;

	xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
	xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
	xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
	mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;

	if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
	  XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
		     FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
		     mask, &xgcv);
	else
	  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc
	    = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
      }

      XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
		      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x),
		      CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
		      max (f->output_data.x->cursor_width, 1),
		      f->output_data.x->line_height);

      f->phys_cursor_x = x;
      f->phys_cursor_y = y;
      f->phys_cursor_on = 1;

      f->output_data.x->current_cursor = bar_cursor;
    }

  if (updating_frame != f)
    XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
}


/* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON.
   If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified by X and Y.  */

static void
x_display_box_cursor (f, on, x, y)
     struct frame *f;
     int on;
     int x, y;
{
  struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);

  /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
     frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
     changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame.  */
  if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
    return;

  /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly.  */
  if (!on && ! f->phys_cursor_on)
    return;

  /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be
     or it is in the wrong place,
     or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!)
     erase it.  */
  if (f->phys_cursor_on
      && (!on
	  || f->phys_cursor_x != x
	  || f->phys_cursor_y != y
	  || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor
	      && (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame))))
    {
      int mouse_face_here = 0;
      struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);

      /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
	 we clear the cursor.  */
      if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame
	  &&
	  (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
	   || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
	       && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col))
	  &&
	  (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
	   || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
	       && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col))
	  /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face
	     if it is at the end of a line (on a newline).
	     The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not.  */
	  && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
	mouse_face_here = 1;

      /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
	 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height.  */
      if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font) != f->output_data.x->line_height)
	XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		    CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
		    CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
		    FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font),
		    f->output_data.x->line_height, False);
      /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it.  */
      x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
			   f->phys_cursor_glyph,
			   (mouse_face_here
			    ? 3
			    : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
      f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
    }

  /* If we want to show a cursor,
     or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
     write it in the right place.  */
  if (on
      && (! f->phys_cursor_on
	  || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
	      && f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)))
    {
      f->phys_cursor_glyph
	= ((current_glyphs->enable[y]
	    && x < current_glyphs->used[y])
	   ? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x]
	   : SPACEGLYPH);
      if (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)
	{
	  x_draw_box (f, x, y);
	  f->output_data.x->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
	}
      else
	{
	  x_draw_single_glyph (f, y, x,
			       f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2);
	  f->output_data.x->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor;
	}

      f->phys_cursor_x = x;
      f->phys_cursor_y = y;
      f->phys_cursor_on = 1;
    }

  if (updating_frame != f)
    XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
}

/* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON.
   Also set the frame's cursor position to X and Y.  */

void
x_display_cursor (f, on, x, y)
     struct frame *f;
     int on;
     int x, y;
{
  BLOCK_INPUT;

 if ((unsigned) x >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)
      || (unsigned) y >= FRAME_HEIGHT (f))
    abort ();

  if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
    x_display_box_cursor (f, on, x, y);
  else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
    x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, x, y);
  else
    /* Those are the only two we have implemented!  */
    abort ();

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON.
   Don't change the cursor's position.  */

void
x_update_cursor (f, on)
     struct frame *f;
     int on;
{
  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
    x_display_box_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y);
  else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
    x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y);
  else
    /* Those are the only two we have implemented!  */
    abort ();

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Icons.  */

/* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F
   when we get an expose event for it. */

void
refreshicon (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */
}

/* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap.  */

int
x_bitmap_icon (f, file)
     struct frame *f;
     Lisp_Object file;
{
  int mask, bitmap_id;
  Window icon_window;

  if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0)
    return 1;

  /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any.  */

	FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id
	  = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits,
				       gnu_width, gnu_height);

      /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
	 this increments the refcount one extra time.
	 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
	 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again.  */
      x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id);

      bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id;

/* An X error handler which stores the error message in
   x_error_message_string.  This is called from x_error_handler if
   x_catch_errors is in effect.  */

static int
x_error_catcher (display, error)
     Display *display;
     XErrorEvent *error;
{
  XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code,

  return XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] != 0;
}

/* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY.  */

int
x_clear_errors (dpy)
     Display *dpy;
{
  XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0;
}


/* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
   simply goes away.  SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
   Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the 
   SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
   which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
   
static SIGTYPE
x_connection_signal (signalnum)	/* If we don't have an argument, */
     int signalnum;		/* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
{
#ifdef USG
  /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
     must reestablish each time */
  signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal);

  XtCloseDisplay (display);
#endif

  dpyinfo->display = 0;

  /* First delete frames whose minibuffers are on frames
     that are on the dead display.  */
  FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
    {
      Lisp_Object minibuf_frame;
      minibuf_frame

	  && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo)
	Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt);
    }

  /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
     We are now sure none of these is used as the minibuffer
     for another frame that we need to delete.  */
  FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
    if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame))
	&& FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo)
      {

/* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
   It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
   If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs.  */

static int
x_error_quitter (display, error)
     Display *display;
     XErrorEvent *error;
{
  char buf[256], buf1[356];

static int
x_error_handler (display, error)
     Display *display;
     XErrorEvent *error;
{
  char buf[256], buf1[356];

  if (! NILP (x_error_message_string))
    x_error_catcher (display, error);
  else
    x_error_quitter (display, error);
}

/* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
   It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
   If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs.  */

{
  char buf[256];

  sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display));
  x_connection_closed (display, buf);
}

/* Changing the font of the frame.  */

/* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and

void
x_calc_absolute_position (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  Window win, child;
  int win_x = 0, win_y = 0;
  int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags;
  int this_window;

  /* We have nothing to do if the current position

				  - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_x
				  - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
				  + f->output_data.x->left_pos);

  if (flags & YNegative)
    /* We used to subtract f->output_data.x->menubar_height here
       in the toolkit case, but PIXEL_HEIGHT already includes that.  */
    f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
				 - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_y
				 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
				 + f->output_data.x->top_pos);

  /* The left_pos and top_pos
     are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
     so the flags should correspond.  */
  f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);

x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
     struct frame *f;
     int change_gravity;
     int cols, rows;
{
  int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
  int mask;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

  BLOCK_INPUT;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  {

    = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
       ? 0
       : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
       ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
       : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)));
  pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
  pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);

  f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
  x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);

  XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));

#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */

  /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off.  */
  if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
      || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
    {
      f->phys_cursor_x = 0;
      f->phys_cursor_y = 0;
      f->phys_cursor_on = 0;
    }

  /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
     since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. 
     Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
     so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size.  */

void
x_make_frame_visible (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int mask;
  Lisp_Object type;
  int starting_flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags;
  int original_top, original_left;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  type = x_icon_type (f);

	&& previously_visible)
      {
	Drawable rootw;
	int x, y;
	unsigned int width, height, border, depth;

	BLOCK_INPUT;

	/* On some window managers (Such as FVWM) moving an existing window,
	   even to the same place, causes the window manager to introduce
	   an offset.  This can cause the window to move to an unexpected
	   location.  Check the geometry (A little slow here) and then verify
	   that the window is in the right place.  If the window is not in
	   the right place, move it there, and take the potential window
	   manager hit. */

	XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
		      &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth);

	if (original_left != x || original_top != y)
	  XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),

      }
    FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
  }
}

/* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */

/* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified).  */

void
x_make_frame_invisible (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int mask;
  Window window;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on.  */
  window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);

      unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
      unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False;
      if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
			DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)),
			False,
			SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask,
			&unmap))
	{
	  UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
	  error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
	}

  x_sync (f);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */

void
x_iconify_frame (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int mask;
  int result;
  Lisp_Object type;

  /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame.  */
  if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)

#endif
	}
#endif
      XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->window_desc);
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
      XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
      free_frame_menubar (f);
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */

      free_frame_faces (f);
      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
    }

  if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event)
    free (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event);

  xfree (f->output_data.x);
  f->output_data.x = 0;
  if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;

  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */

  /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems.  */
  size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */;

  flexlines = f->height;

  size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos;
  size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT

	if (hints.flags & USSize)
	  size_hints.flags |= USSize;
      }
  }

 no_read:

#ifdef PWinGravity
  size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity;
  size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity;

  XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
#endif
}

/* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
void
x_wm_set_window_state (f, state)
     struct frame *f;
     int state;
{

     struct frame *f;
     int pixmap_id;
{
  Pixmap icon_pixmap;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
#else
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
#endif

  if (pixmap_id > 0)
    {

  XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
}


/* Interface to fontset handler.  */

/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F.  */
struct font_info *
x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     int font_idx;
{

     FRAME_PTR f;
     Lisp_Object pattern;
     int size;
     int maxnames;
{
  Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key, tem, second_best;
  Display *dpy = f != NULL ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) : x_display_list->display;
  int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
  int count;

  patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist);

	  /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
	     Store that in the font cache for the display.  */
	  for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++)
	    {
	      char *p = names[i];
	      int average_width = -1, dashes = 0, width = 0;

	      /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I].  If there are
		14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
		(AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
		is usually too ugly to be used for editing.  Let's
		ignore it.  */

		       : make_number (thisinfo->max_bounds.width));
		  XFreeFont (dpy, thisinfo);
		}
	      else
		/* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
		  retruned a font which can't be opened.  Record the size
		  as 0 not to try to open it again.  */
		XCONS (tem)->cdr = make_number (0);
	    }

	  found_size = XINT (XCONS (tem)->cdr);

    }

  return newlist;
}  

/* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
   pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
   If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
   If loading is failed, return NULL.  */

      Lisp_Object tail;
      int i;

      for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
	for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
	  if (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name,
		       XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data)
	      || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name,
			  XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data))
	    return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
    }

  /* Load the font and add it to the table.  */
  {
    char *full_name;
    XFontStruct *font;
    struct font_info *fontp;
    unsigned long value;

    /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them.  If
       not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
       because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
       a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and

    x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count);
    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    if (!font)
      return NULL;

    /* Do we need to create the table?  */
    if (dpyinfo->font_table_size == 0)
      {
	dpyinfo->font_table_size = 16;
	dpyinfo->font_table
	  = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (dpyinfo->font_table_size
					  * sizeof (struct font_info));
      }
    /* Do we need to grow the table?  */
    else if (dpyinfo->n_fonts
	     >= dpyinfo->font_table_size)
      {
	dpyinfo->font_table_size *= 2;
	dpyinfo->font_table
	  = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table,
					   (dpyinfo->font_table_size
					    * sizeof (struct font_info)));
      }

    fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + dpyinfo->n_fonts;

    /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP.  */
    BLOCK_INPUT;
    fontp->font = font;
    fontp->font_idx = dpyinfo->n_fonts;
    fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
    bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1);

    /* Try to get the full name of FONT.  Put it in FULL_NAME.  */
    full_name = 0;

       code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
       the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF, 0:0x2020..0x7F7F,
       the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF,
       0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, or
       2:0xA020..0xFF7F).  For the moment, we don't know which charset
       uses this font.  So, we set informatoin in fontp->encoding[1]
       which is never used by any charset.  If mapping can't be
       decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED.  */
    fontp->encoding[1]
      = (font->max_byte1 == 0
	 /* 1-byte font */

	 ? (long) value : 0);
    fontp->default_ascent
      = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value)
	 ? (long) value : 0);

    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    dpyinfo->n_fonts++;

    return fontp;
  }
}

/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for frame F.
   If no such font is loaded, return NULL.  */
struct font_info *
x_query_font (f, fontname)
     struct frame *f;
     register char *fontname;
{
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
    if (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname)
	|| !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname))
      return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
  return NULL;
}

/* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the memer
 `encoder' of the structure.  */

void
x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
     struct font_info *fontp;

	  break;
	}
    }
}


/* Initialization.  */

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
  {"-geometry",	".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
  {"-iconic",	".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},

x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
     Lisp_Object display_name;
     char *xrm_option;
     char *resource_name;
{
  Lisp_Object frame;
  char *defaultvalue;
  int connection;
  Display *dpy;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
  XrmDatabase xrdb;

	dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards;
	all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard;
	/* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
	   That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
	   prompt in the minibuffer.  */
	if (current_kboard == initial_kboard)
	  current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard;
      }
    dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++;
  }

  dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
  dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
  dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
  dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
  dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1;
  dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
  dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
  dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
  dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
  dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
  dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
  dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
  dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
  dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;

  dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False);
  dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False);
  dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself

  dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False);
  dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False);

  dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0;

  connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display);
  dpyinfo->connection = connection;

    dpyinfo->null_pixel
      = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, 
				     null_bits, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
				     1);
  }

#ifdef subprocesses
  /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input.  */
  if (connection != 0)

    x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count);
  }
#endif
#endif


  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  return dpyinfo;
}


  xfree (dpyinfo);
}

/* Set up use of X before we make the first connection.  */

void
x_initialize ()
{
  clear_frame_hook = XTclear_frame;
  clear_end_of_line_hook = XTclear_end_of_line;
  ins_del_lines_hook = XTins_del_lines;
  change_line_highlight_hook = XTchange_line_highlight;
  insert_glyphs_hook = XTinsert_glyphs;
  write_glyphs_hook = XTwrite_glyphs;
  delete_glyphs_hook = XTdelete_glyphs;
  ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell;
  reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes;
  set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes;
  update_begin_hook = XTupdate_begin;
  update_end_hook = XTupdate_end;
  set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window;
  read_socket_hook = XTread_socket;
  frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date;
  cursor_to_hook = XTcursor_to;
  reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight;
  mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position;
  frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight;
  frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower;
  set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar;
  condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars;
  redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar;
  judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars;

  scroll_region_ok = 1;		/* we'll scroll partial frames */
  char_ins_del_ok = 0;		/* just as fast to write the line */
  line_ins_del_ok = 1;		/* we'll just blt 'em */
  fast_clear_end_of_line = 1;	/* X does this well */
  memory_below_frame = 0;	/* we don't remember what scrolls
				   off the bottom */
  baud_rate = 19200;

  x_noop_count = 0;

  /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling.  */
  Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  XtToolkitInitialize ();

  /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
     original error handler.  */
  XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler);
  XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter);

  /* Disable Window Change signals;  they are handled by X events. */
#ifdef SIGWINCH
  signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL);
#endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */

  signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal);
}

void
syms_of_xterm ()
{
  staticpro (&x_error_message_string);
  x_error_message_string = Qnil;

  staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
  Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");

  staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame);
  last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
}

#endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */

24991:53d428012caf

/* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
   Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.

This file is part of GNU Emacs.

GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

/* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <[e-mail]>.  */
/* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy.  */

/* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h.  */
/* On HP-UX 8.0 signal.h loses if it comes after config.h.  */
/* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files.  */
#include <signal.h>

#include <config.h>

#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS

#include "lisp.h"
#include "blockinput.h"

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
#include <X11/Shell.h>
#endif

#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT

extern void free_frame_menubar ();
extern FRAME_PTR x_menubar_window_to_frame ();

#if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
#define HACK_EDITRES
extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
#endif /* not NO_EDITRES */

/* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget.  */

#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
#if defined USE_MOTIF
#include <Xm/Xm.h>		/* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
#include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
#include <Xm/ScrollBarP.h>
#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
#include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
#include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
#include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
#define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
#include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */
#endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */

#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */

#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
#define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
#define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame

   <string.h> will cause a syntax error when Xfuncs.h later includes it.  */
#include <string.h>
#endif

#ifndef min
#define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef max
#define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif

#define abs(x)	((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))

#define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER)  ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))


/* Bitmaps for truncated lines.  */

enum bitmap_type
{
  NO_BITMAP,
  LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
  RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
  OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
  CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
  CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
  ZV_LINE_BITMAP
};

/* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
   `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil.  */

#define zv_width 8
#define zv_height 8
static unsigned char zv_bits[] = {
   0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00};

/* An arrow like this: `<-'.  */

#define left_width 8
#define left_height 8
static unsigned char left_bits[] = {
   0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};

/* Marker for continued lines.  */

#define continued_width 8
#define continued_height 8
static unsigned char continued_bits[] = {
   0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0xb4, 0xfc, 0x78, 0x30};

#define continuation_width 8
#define continuation_height 8
static unsigned char continuation_bits[] = {
   0x0c, 0x1e, 0x3f, 0x2d, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c};

/* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'.  */

#define right_width 8
#define right_height 8
static unsigned char right_bits[] = {
   0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};

/* Overlay arrow bitmap; a filled `<>'.  */

#if 1
#define ov_width 8
#define ov_height 8
static unsigned char ov_bits[] = {
   0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c};

#elif 0
#define ov_width 8
#define ov_height 8
static unsigned char ov_bits[] = {
   0x18, 0x04, 0x08, 0x1c, 0x3e, 0x3a, 0x32, 0x1c};
#else
#define ov_width 8
#define ov_height 8
static unsigned char ov_bits[] = {
   0x18, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7e, 0x3c, 0x18};
#endif

extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;


/* Non-zero means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.  */

int x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p;

/* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
   (The display is done in read_char.)  */
   
static Lisp_Object help_echo;

/* Temporary variable for XTread_socket.  */

static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;

/* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
   start.  */

static int any_help_event_p;

/* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
   under it.  For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
   drawn as wide as that tab on the display.  */

int x_stretch_cursor_p;

/* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
   use.  */

struct x_display_info *x_display_list;

/* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
   . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
   the same order.  NAME is the name of the frame.  FONT-LIST-CACHE
   records previous values returned by x-list-fonts.  */

Lisp_Object x_display_name_list;

/* Frame being updated by update_frame.  This is declared in term.c.
   This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
   It is zero while not inside an update.  In that case, the XT
   functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to.  */

extern struct frame *updating_frame;

extern int waiting_for_input;

/* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket.  */

struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
/* The application context for Xt use.  */
XtAppContext Xt_app_con;
static String Xt_default_resources[] = {0};
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */

/* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.  
   HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
   X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates.  */

struct cursor_pos output_cursor;


/* Mouse movement.

   Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
   so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
   event to ask for another such event.  However, this made mouse tracking
   slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.

   Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.

   is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
   tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
   is off.  */

/* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event.  */

FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph;
static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;

/* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.

   If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
   XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
   an ordinary motion.

   If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
   this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
   event.  */

static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;

/* This is a hack.  We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
   return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
   doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
   along with the position query.  So, we just keep track of the time
   of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
   it's somewhat accurate.  */

static Time last_mouse_movement_time;

/* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
   events.  */

#ifdef __STDC__
static int volatile input_signal_count;
#else
static int input_signal_count;
#endif

/* Used locally within XTread_socket.  */

static int x_noop_count;

/* Initial values of argv and argc.  */

extern char **initial_argv;
extern int initial_argc;

extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;

/* Tells if a window manager is present or not.  */

extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager;

extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;

extern int errno;

/* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char.  */

extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;

static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;

extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources ();
extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type ();


/* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
   glyphs in x_draw_glyphs.  */

enum draw_glyphs_face
{
  DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
  DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
  DRAW_CURSOR,
  DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
  DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
  DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
};

static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int));
static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
void x_delete_display P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers P_ ((struct x_display_info *,
						unsigned));
static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
				   int *, int *));
static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
					   int *, int *, int *));
static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
static void note_toolbar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
static void x_handle_toolbar_click P_ ((struct frame *, XButtonEvent *));
static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct x_display_info *,
				 enum draw_glyphs_face));
static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *));
int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *));
void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int));
void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *));
void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
void x_initialize P_ ((void));
static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
					  struct glyph_row *,
					  enum draw_glyphs_face));
static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
static void XTreassert_line_highlight P_ ((int, int));
static void x_change_line_highlight P_ ((int, int, int, int));
static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
static void XTcursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *));
static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
static int x_intersect_rectangles P_ ((XRectangle *, XRectangle *,
				       XRectangle *));
static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
static void expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *));
static void expose_window P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *));
static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
			     XRectangle *, enum glyph_row_area));
static void expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
			     XRectangle *));
static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
static void x_draw_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, 
			       enum bitmap_type));

static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
			       GC, int));
static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, XRectangle *));
static void x_draw_row_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
static void note_overwritten_text_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f));
     

/* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null.  */

static void
x_flush (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  if (f == NULL)
    {
      Lisp_Object rest, frame;
      FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
	x_flush (XFRAME (frame));
    }
  else if (FRAME_X_P (f))
    XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
   Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
   is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
   XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
   XTread_socket calls XPending.  Removing XFlush improves
   performance.  */

#define XFlush(DISPLAY)	(void) 0 


/***********************************************************************
			      Debugging
 ***********************************************************************/

#if 0

/* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
   the sequence of occurrences in this file.  */

struct record 
{
  char *locus;
  int type;

  event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
  event_record_index++;
}

#endif /* 0 */



/* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY.  */

struct x_display_info *
x_display_info_for_display (dpy)

    if (dpyinfo->display == dpy)
      return dpyinfo;

  return 0;
}



/***********************************************************************
		    Starting and ending an update
 ***********************************************************************/
									
/* Start an update of frame F.  This function is installed as a hook
   for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
   This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
   each window being updated.  Currently, there is nothing to do here
   because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis.  */

static void
x_update_begin (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  /* Nothing to do.  */
}


/* Start update of window W.  Set the global variable updated_window
   to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
   position of W.  */

static void
x_update_window_begin (w)
     struct window *w;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  struct x_display_info *display_info = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  
  updated_window = w;
  set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
    {
      /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update.  */
      display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;

      /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
	 highlighting.  */
      if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
	display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;

      /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
	 where the mouse highlight is?  If so, no need to turn off.
	 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
	 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
	 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway.  */
      if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
	  && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
	{
	  int i;

	  for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
	    if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
	      break;

	  if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
	    clear_mouse_face (display_info);
	}
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
   have vertical scroll bars.  */

static void
x_draw_vertical_border (w)
     struct window *w;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  
  /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows.  Don't
     do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
     right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
     neighbor will suffice as a border.  */
  if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
      && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
    {
      int x0, x1, y0, y1;

      window_box_edges (w, -1, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1);
      x1 += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
      y1 -= 1;
      
      XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), 
		 f->output_data.x->normal_gc, x1, y0, x1, y1);
    }
}
   
   
/* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).  Draw
   vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and display
   W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.  W may be a menu bar
   pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit support.  Such
   windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it here.  */

static void
x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p)
     struct window *w;
     int cursor_on_p;
{
  if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      if (cursor_on_p)
	x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
				  output_cursor.vpos,
				  output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
      x_draw_vertical_border (w);
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
  
  updated_window = NULL;
}


/* End update of frame F.  This function is installed as a hook in
   update_end.  */

static void
x_update_end (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again.  */
  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;

  BLOCK_INPUT;
  XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
   complete update has been performed.  The global variable
   updated_window is not available here.  */

static void
XTframe_up_to_date (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  if (FRAME_X_P (f))
    {
      struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
      if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
	  || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
	{
	  BLOCK_INPUT;
	  if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
	    note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
				  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
				  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
	  dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
	  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
	}
    }
}


/* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
   arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed
   before DESIRED_ROW is made current.  The window being updated is
   found in updated_window.  This function It is called from
   update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
   between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW.  */

static void
x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
     struct glyph_row *desired_row;
{
  struct window *w = updated_window;
  
  xassert (w);
  
  if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, desired_row);

      /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
	 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border.  */
      if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
	{
	  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
	  int width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
	  int height = desired_row->visible_height;
	  int x = window_box_right (w, -1) + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
	  int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));

	  XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      x, y, width, height, False);
	}
      
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}


/* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of
   window W.  ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
   determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
   drawn.  */

static void
x_draw_bitmap (w, row, which)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     enum bitmap_type which;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
  int x, y, wd, h, dy;
  unsigned char *bits;
  Pixmap pixmap;
  GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
  struct face *face;
  int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f));

  /* Must clip because of partially visible lines.  */
  x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 1);

  switch (which)
    {
    case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
      wd = left_width;
      h = left_height;
      bits = left_bits;
      x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
	   - wd
	   - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
      break;
      
    case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
      wd = left_width;
      h = left_height;
      bits = ov_bits;
      x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
	   - wd
	   - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
      break;
      
    case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
      wd = right_width;
      h = right_height;
      bits = right_bits;
      x = window_box_right (w, -1);
      x += (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
      break;

    case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
      wd = right_width;
      h = right_height;
      bits = continued_bits;
      x = window_box_right (w, -1);
      x += (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2;
      break;
      
    case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
      wd = continuation_width;
      h = continuation_height;
      bits = continuation_bits;
      x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
	   - wd
	   - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
      break;

    case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
      wd = zv_width;
      h = zv_height;
      bits = zv_bits;
      x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
	   - wd
	   - (FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
      break;

    default:
      abort ();
    }

  /* Convert to frame coordinates.  Set dy to the offset in the row to
     start drawing the bitmap.  */
  y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
  dy = (row->height - h) / 2;

  /* Draw the bitmap.  I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
     by the server.  */
  face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
  pixmap = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display, window, bits, wd, h,
					face->foreground,
					face->background, depth);
  XCopyArea (display, pixmap, window, gc, 0, 0, wd, h, x, y + dy);
  XFreePixmap (display, pixmap);
  XSetClipMask (display, gc, None);
}


/* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W.  Call this
   function with input blocked.  */

static void
x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  enum bitmap_type bitmap;
  struct face *face;
  int top_line_height = -1;

  xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);

  /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
     don't have to draw anything.  */
  if (row->visible_height <= 0)
    return;

  face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID);
  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);

  /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side.  */
  if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
    bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
  else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
    bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
  else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
    bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
  else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
    bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
  else
    bitmap = NO_BITMAP;

  /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
     the flags area.  */
  if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
      || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
      || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
    {
      /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it.  */
      int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
		     && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
		    ? 1 : 0);
      int left = window_box_left (w, -1);

      if (top_line_height < 0)
	top_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
      XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background);
      XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      face->gc,
		      (left
		       - FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
		       + border),
		      WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (top_line_height,
						       row->y)),
		      FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f) - border,
		      row->visible_height);
      XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground);
    }

  /* Draw the left bitmap.  */
  if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
    x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap);

  /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side.  */
  if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
    bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
  else if (row->continued_p)
    bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
  else
    bitmap = NO_BITMAP;

  /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
     the flags area.  */
  if (bitmap == NO_BITMAP
      || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f) < FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
      || row->height > FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f))
    {
      int right = window_box_right (w, -1);

      if (top_line_height < 0)
	top_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
      XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background);
      XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      face->gc,
		      right,
		      WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (top_line_height,
						       row->y)),
		      FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f),
		      row->visible_height);
      XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground);
    }

  /* Draw the right bitmap.  */
  if (bitmap != NO_BITMAP)
    x_draw_bitmap (w, row, bitmap);
}


/***********************************************************************
			  Line Highlighting
 ***********************************************************************/

/* External interface to control of standout mode.  Not used for X
   frames.  Aborts when called.  */

static void
XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
     int new, vpos;
{
  abort ();
}


/* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change
   whether it is highlighted.  Not used for X frames.  Aborts when
   called.  */

static void
x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos)
     int new_highlight, vpos, y, first_unused_hpos;
{
  abort ();
}


/* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
   suspend.  When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped.  And nothing
   must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
   rarely happens).  */

static void
XTset_terminal_modes ()
{
}

/* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.  Exiting will make
   the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action.  */

static void
XTreset_terminal_modes ()
{
}



/***********************************************************************
			    Output Cursor
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR.  All cursor
   positions are relative to updated_window.  */

static void
set_output_cursor (cursor)
    struct cursor_pos *cursor;
{
  output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
  output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
  output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
  output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
}


/* Set a nominal cursor position.

   HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix.  X
   and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
   
   If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
   window that is being updated and the position is the future output
   cursor position for that window.  If updated_window is null, use
   selected_window and display the cursor at the given position.  */

static void
XTcursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
     int vpos, hpos, y, x;
{
  struct window *w;

  /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window.  */
  if (updated_window)
    w = updated_window;
  else
    w = XWINDOW (selected_window);

  /* Set the output cursor.  */
  output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
  output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
  output_cursor.x = x;
  output_cursor.y = y;

  /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
     This will also set the cursor position of W.  */
  if (updated_window == NULL)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame));
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}



/***********************************************************************
			   Display Iterator
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Function prototypes of this page.  */

static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
						       struct glyph *,
						       XChar2b *));
static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
						      int, XChar2b *, int));
static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *));
static void x_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *));
static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
					int, int, double));
static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
static void x_produce_special_glyphs P_ ((struct it *, enum display_element_type));
static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
     

/* Return a pointer to per-char metric information in FONT of a
   character pointed by B which is a pointer to an XChar2b.  */

#define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b)					   \
  ((font)->per_char							   \
   ? ((font)->per_char + (b)->byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2		   \
      + (((font)->min_byte1 || (font)->max_byte1)			   \
	 ? (((b)->byte1 - (font)->min_byte1)				   \
	    * ((font)->max_char_or_byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) \
	 : 0))								   \
   : &((font)->max_bounds))


/* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT.  Value is always non-null.
   If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
   metric is returned.  */

static INLINE XCharStruct *
x_per_char_metric (font, char2b)
     XFontStruct *font;
     XChar2b *char2b;
{
  /* The result metric information.  */
  XCharStruct *pcm = NULL;

  xassert (font && char2b);

  if (font->per_char != NULL)
    {
      if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0)
	{
	  /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
	     corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
	     max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character.  A
	     character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
	     A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
	     greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font.  */
	  if (char2b->byte1 == 0
	      && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	      && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
	    pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2;
	}
      else
	{
	  /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
	     min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
	     256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
	     to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:

	     byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
	     byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2

	     where:

	     D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
	     / = integer division
	     \ = integer modulus  */
	  if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1
	      && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1
	      && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	      && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
	    {
	      pcm = (font->per_char
		     + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)
			* (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1))
		     + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2));
	    }
	}
    }
  else
    {
      /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
	 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
	 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds.  */
      if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	  && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
	pcm = &font->max_bounds;
    }


  if (pcm == NULL || pcm->width == 0)
    {
      /* Character not contained in the font.  FONT->default_char
	 gives the character that will be printed.  FONT->default_char
	 is a 16-bit character code with byte1 in the most significant
	 byte and byte2 in the least significant byte.  */
      XChar2b default_char;
      default_char.byte1 = (font->default_char >> BITS_PER_CHAR) & 0xff;
      default_char.byte2 = font->default_char & 0xff;

      /* Avoid an endless recursion if FONT->default_char itself
	 hasn't per char metrics.  [e-mail] reports that some
	 fonts have this problem.  */
      if (default_char.byte1 != char2b->byte1
	  || default_char.byte2 != char2b->byte2)
	pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &default_char);
      else
	pcm = &font->max_bounds;
    }
  
  return pcm;
}


/* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO.  CHAR2B is
   the two-byte form of C.  Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B.  */

static INLINE void
x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info)
     int c;
     XChar2b *char2b;
     struct font_info *font_info;
{
  int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
  XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;

  /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
     This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
     fixed encoding.  */
  if (font_info->font_encoder)
    {
      /* It's a program.  */
      struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;

      if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
	{
	  ccl->reg[0] = charset;
	  ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2;
	}
      else
	{
	  ccl->reg[0] = charset;
	  ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1;
	  ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2;
	}
      
      ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
      
      /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
	 program.  */
      if (font->max_byte1 == 0)	/* 1-byte font */
	char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
      else
	char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
    }
  else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
    {
      /* Fixed encoding scheme.  See fontset.h for the meaning of the
	 encoding numbers.  */
      int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
      
      if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
	  && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
	char2b->byte1 |= 0x80;
      
      if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
	char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
    }
}


/* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
   F.  The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B.  MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
   means we want to display multibyte text.  Value is a pointer to a
   realized face that is ready for display.  */

static INLINE struct face *
x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
     struct frame *f;
     int c, face_id;
     XChar2b *char2b;
     int multibyte_p;
{
  struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);

  if (!multibyte_p)
    {
      /* Unibyte case.  We don't have to encode, but we have to make
	 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte.  */
      char2b->byte1 = 0;
      char2b->byte2 = c;
      
      if (!FACE_SUITABLE_FOR_CHARSET_P (face, -1))
	{
	  face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, face_id, -1);
	  face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
	}
    }
  else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
    {
      /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII.  */
      char2b->byte1 = 0;
      char2b->byte2 = c;
    }
  else
    {
      int c1, c2, charset;
      
      /* Split characters into bytes.  If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
	 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero.  */
      SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
      if (c2 > 0)
	char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2;
      else
	char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1;

      /* Get the face for displaying C.  If `face' is not suitable for
	 charset, get the one that fits.  (This can happen for the
	 translations of composite characters where the glyph
	 specifies a face for ASCII, but translations have a different
	 charset.)  */
      if (!FACE_SUITABLE_FOR_CHARSET_P (face, charset))
	{
	  face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, face_id, charset);
	  face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
	}
  
      /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B.  */
      if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
	{
	  struct font_info *font_info
	    = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
	  if (font_info)
	    {
	      x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info);
	      if (charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
		{
		  xassert (((XFontStruct *) font_info->font)->max_char_or_byte2
			   >= 0x80);
		  char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
		}
	    }
	}
    }

  /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated.  */
  xassert (face != NULL);
  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
  
  return face;
}


/* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
   The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch.code is returned in *CHAR2B.  Value is
   a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display.  */

static INLINE struct face *
x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b)
     struct frame *f;
     struct glyph *glyph;
     XChar2b *char2b;
{
  struct face *face;

  xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
  face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->u.ch.face_id);

  if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
    {
      /* Unibyte case.  We don't have to encode, but we have to make
	 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte.  */
      char2b->byte1 = 0;
      char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch.code;
    }
  else if (glyph->u.ch.code < 128
	   && glyph->u.ch.face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
    {
      /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII.  */
      char2b->byte1 = 0;
      char2b->byte2 = glyph->u.ch.code;
    }
  else
    {
      int c1, c2, charset;
      
      /* Split characters into bytes.  If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
	 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero.  */
      SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch.code, charset, c1, c2);
      if (c2 > 0)
	char2b->byte1 = c1, char2b->byte2 = c2;
      else
	char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = c1;

      /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B.  */
      if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
	{
	  struct font_info *font_info
	    = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
	  if (font_info)
	    {
	      x_encode_char (glyph->u.ch.code, char2b, font_info);
	      if (charset == charset_latin_iso8859_1)
		char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;
	    }
	}
    }

  /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated.  */
  xassert (face != NULL);
  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
  return face;
}


/* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.  
   Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null.  */

static INLINE void
x_append_glyph (it)
     struct it *it;
{
  struct glyph *glyph;
  enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
  
  xassert (it->glyph_row);
  xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
  
  glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
  if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
    {
      /* Play it safe.  If sub-structures of the glyph are not all the
	 same size, it otherwise be that some bits stay set.  This
	 would prevent a comparison with GLYPH_EQUAL_P.  */
      glyph->u.val = 0;
      
      glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
      glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
      glyph->u.ch.code = it->char_to_display;
      glyph->u.ch.face_id = it->face_id;
      glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
      glyph->object = it->object;
      glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
      glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
      glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
      glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
      ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
    }
}


/* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
   IT->voffset.  */

static INLINE void
take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
     struct it *it;
{
  if (it->voffset)
    {
      if (it->voffset < 0)
	/* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
	   in the line.  */
	it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
      else
	/* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
	   in the line.  */
	it->descent += it->voffset;
    }
}


/* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
   See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
   an overview of struct display_iterator.  */

static void
x_produce_image_glyph (it)
     struct it *it;
{
  struct image *img;
  struct face *face;

  xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);

  face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
  img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
  xassert (img);

  /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded.  */
  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
  prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);

  it->ascent = IMAGE_ASCENT (img);
  it->descent = img->height + 2 * img->margin - it->ascent;
  it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->margin;

  it->nglyphs = 1;
  
  if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
    {
      it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
      it->descent += face->box_line_width;
      
      if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
	it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
      if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
	it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
    }

  take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
  
  if (it->glyph_row)
    {
      struct glyph *glyph;
      enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
      
      glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
      if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
	{
	  glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
	  glyph->u.img.id = img->id;
	  glyph->u.img.face_id = it->face_id;
	  glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
	  glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
	  glyph->object = it->object;
	  glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
	  glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
	  glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
	  glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
	  ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
	}
    }
}


/* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row.  OBJECT is the source
   of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the 
   stretch.  ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the 
   ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1).  */
  
static void
x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
     struct it *it;
     Lisp_Object object;
     int width, height;
     double ascent;
{
  struct glyph *glyph;
  enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;

  xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
  
  glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
  if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
    {
      glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
      glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
      glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
      glyph->u.stretch.face_id = it->face_id;
      glyph->pixel_width = width;
      glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
      glyph->object = object;
      glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
      glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
      glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
      glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
      ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
    }
}


/* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT.  IT->object is the value
   of the glyph property displayed.  The value must be a list
   `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
   being recognized:

   1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
   canonical char width wide.  WIDTH may be an integer or floating 
   point number.

   2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
   should be computed from the width of the first character having the
   `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.

   3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
   to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.

   Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.  

   4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
   should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.

   5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the
   stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
   the glyph property.

   Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.

   6. `:ascent ASCENT'  specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
   of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
   ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100.  */

#define NUMVAL(X)				\
     ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X))		\
      ? XFLOATINT (X)				\
      : - 1)


static void
x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
     struct it *it;
{
  /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT.  */
  extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent, Qspace;
  extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
  extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
  Lisp_Object prop, plist;
  double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
  struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
  XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);

  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
  
  /* List should start with `space'.  */
  xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
  plist = XCDR (it->object);

  /* Compute the width of the stretch.  */
  if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
      NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
    /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid.  */
    width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
  else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
	   NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
    {
      /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
	 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
	 property.  */
      struct it it2;
      unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
      
      it2 = *it;
      if (it->multibyte_p)
	{
	  int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
			- IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
	  it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
	}
      else
	it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;

      it2.glyph_row = NULL;
      it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
      x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
      width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
    }
  else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
	   NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
    width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
  else
    /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width.  */
    width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
  
  /* Compute height.  */
  if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
      NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
    height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
  else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
	   NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
    height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
  else
    height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);

  /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent.  If 
     `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that.  Otherwise,
     derive the ascent from the font in use.  */
  if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
      NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
    ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
  else
    ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font);

  if (width <= 0)
    width = 1;
  if (height <= 0)
    height = 1;

  if (it->glyph_row)
    {
      Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
      if (!STRINGP (object))
	object = it->w->buffer;
      x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
    }

  it->pixel_width = width;
  it->ascent = height * ascent;
  it->descent = height - it->ascent;
  it->nglyphs = 1;

  if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
    {
      it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
      it->descent += face->box_line_width;
      
      if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
	it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
      if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
	it->pixel_width += face->box_line_width;
    }
  
  take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
}


/* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
   loaded with.  See the description of struct display_iterator in
   dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator.  */

static void
x_produce_glyphs (it)
     struct it *it;
{
  if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
    {
      XChar2b char2b;
      XFontStruct *font;
      struct face *face;
      XCharStruct *pcm;
      struct it ci;
      int font_not_found_p;
      int c;

      /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte.  */
      it->char_to_display = it->c;
      if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
	  && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
	  && (it->c >= 0240
	      || (it->c >= 0200
		  && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
	{
	  it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
	  it->charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
	}
      
      /* Get face and font to use.  Encode IT->char_to_display.  */
      face = x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
					   it->face_id, &char2b,
					   it->multibyte_p);
      font = face->font;

      /* When no suitable font found, use the default font.  */
      font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
      if (font_not_found_p)
	font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);

      if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
	  && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
	{
	  /* Either unibyte or ASCII.  */
	  int stretched_p;

	  it->nglyphs = 1;
	  it->ascent = font->ascent;
	  it->descent = font->descent;

	  pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b);
	  it->pixel_width = pcm->width;

	  /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
	     `space-width' property, change its width.  */
	  stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
	  if (stretched_p)
	    it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);

	  /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
	     height.  If character has a box line to the left and/or
	     right, add the box line width to the character's width.  */
	  if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
	    {
	      int thick = face->box_line_width;
	      
	      it->ascent += thick;
	      it->descent += thick;
	      
	      if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
		it->pixel_width += thick;
	      if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
		it->pixel_width += thick;
	    }

	  /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
	     (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height.  */
	  if (face->overline_p)
	    it->ascent += 2;

	  take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
  
	  /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it.  */
	  if (it->glyph_row)
	    {
	      if (stretched_p)
		{
		  /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
		     into a stretch glyph.  */
		  double ascent = (double) font->ascent / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
		  x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, 
					  it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
		}
	      else
		x_append_glyph (it);

	      /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
		 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
		 glyph row.  This is used to optimize X output code.  */
	      if (pcm->lbearing < 0
		  || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
		it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
	    }
	}
      else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
	{
	  /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line.  */
	  it->pixel_width = 0;
	  it->nglyphs = 0;
	  it->ascent = font->ascent;
	  it->descent = font->descent;
      
	  if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
	    {
	      int thick = face->box_line_width;
	      it->ascent += thick;
	      it->descent += thick;
	    }
	}
      else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
	{
	  int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
	  int x = (it->current_x
		   - it->prompt_width
		   + it->continuation_lines_width);
	  int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
      
	  it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
	  it->nglyphs = 1;
	  it->ascent = font->ascent;
	  it->descent = font->descent;
	  
	  if (it->glyph_row)
	    {
	      double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
	      x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width, 
				      it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
	    }
	}
      else 
	{
	  /* A multi-byte character.  Assume that the display width of the
	     character is the width of the character multiplied by the
	     width of the font.  There has to be better support for
	     variable sizes in cmpchar_info to do anything better than
	     that.

	     Note: composite characters are represented as one glyph in
	     the glyph matrix.  There are no padding glyphs.  */
	  if (it->charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
	    {
	      struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;
	      int idx;

	      idx = COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (it->char_to_display);
	      cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[idx];
	      it->pixel_width = font->max_bounds.width * cmpcharp->width;
	  
	      /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph
		 to produce for the composite char.  Important is that
		 pixel_width, ascent and descent are the values of what is
		 drawn by draw_glyphs.  */
	      it->nglyphs = 1;

	      /* These settings may not be correct.  We must have more
		 information in cmpcharp to do the correct setting.  */
	      it->ascent = font->ascent;
	      it->descent = font->descent;
	    }
	  else
	    {
	      /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
		 metrics.  If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
		 default font and calculate the width of the character
		 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
		 did.  */
	      pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b);
	      it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
	      if (font_not_found_p)
		it->pixel_width *= CHARSET_WIDTH (it->charset);
	      it->nglyphs = 1;
	      it->ascent = font->ascent;
	      it->descent = font->descent;
	      if (it->glyph_row
		  && (pcm->lbearing < 0
		      || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
		it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
	    }
	
	  if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
	    {
	      int thick = face->box_line_width;
	      it->ascent += thick;
	      it->descent += thick;
	  
	      if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
		it->pixel_width += thick;
	      if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
		it->pixel_width += thick;
	    }
  
	  /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
	     (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height.  */
	  if (face->overline_p)
	    it->ascent += 2;

	  take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
  
	  if (it->glyph_row)
	    x_append_glyph (it);
	}
    }
  else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
    x_produce_image_glyph (it);
  else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
    x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);

  /* Accumulate dimensions.  */
  xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent > 0);
  if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
    it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
  it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
  it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
}


/* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
   FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate.  */

int
x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
     struct frame *f;
     enum face_id face_id;
{
  int height = 1;

  /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
     cache and mode line face are not yet initialized.  */
  if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
      {
	struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
	if (face)
	  height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font) + 2 * face->box_line_width;
      }
  
  return height;
}


/***********************************************************************
			    Glyph display
 ***********************************************************************/

/* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.

   This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
   could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems.  It
   is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
   it's not clear what other systems will need.  */

struct glyph_string
{
  /* X-origin of the string.  */
  int x;

  /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string.  */
  int y, ybase;

  /* The width of the string, not including a face extension.  */
  int width;

  /* The width of the string, including a face extension.  */
  int background_width;

  /* The height of this string.  This is the height of the line this
     string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
     font the string is drawn in.  */
  int height;

  /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
     This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
     -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0.  */
  int left_overhang;

  /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
     nominal x-position, i.e. x + width.  Zero if the string's
     rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise.  */
  int right_overhang;

  /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn.  */
  struct frame *f;

  /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn.  */
  struct window *w;

  /* X display and window for convenience.  */
  Display *display;
  Window window;

  /* The glyph row for which this string was built.  It determines the
     y-origin and height of the string.  */
  struct glyph_row *row;

  /* The area within row.  */
  enum glyph_row_area area;

  /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters.  */
  XChar2b *char2b;
  int nchars;

  /* Character set of this glyph string.  */
  int charset;

  /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar.  */
  enum draw_glyphs_face hl;

  /* Face in which this string is to be drawn.  */
  struct face *face;

  /* Font in which this string is to be drawn.  */
  XFontStruct *font;

  /* Font info for this string.  */
  struct font_info *font_info;

  /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composite
     character.  All characters from char2b are drawn at the same
     x-origin in that case.  */
  struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;

  /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
     definition of cmpcharp.  If this is zero, this glyph string
     describes the first character of a composite character.  */
  int gidx;

  /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
     of the window's drawing area.  */
  unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;

  /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn.  */
  unsigned background_filled_p : 1;

  /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions.  */
  unsigned two_byte_p : 1;

  /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
     string could not be loaded.  The member `font' has been set to
     the frame's default font in this case.  */
  unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;

  /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
     stipple pattern.  */
  unsigned stippled_p : 1;

  /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string.  */
  GC gc;

  /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string.  This glyph
     corresponds to char2b[0].  Needed to draw rectangles if
     font_not_found_p is 1.  */
  struct glyph *first_glyph;

  /* Image, if any.  */
  struct image *img;

  struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
};


#if GLYPH_DEBUG

static void
x_dump_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
  fprintf (stderr, "  x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
	   s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
  fprintf (stderr, "  ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
  fprintf (stderr, "  hl = %d\n", s->hl);
  fprintf (stderr, "  left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
	   s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
  fprintf (stderr, "  nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
  fprintf (stderr, "  extends to end of line = %d\n",
	   s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
  fprintf (stderr, "  font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
  fprintf (stderr, "  bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
}

#endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */



static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
					     struct glyph_string **,
					     struct glyph_string *,
					     struct glyph_string *));
static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
					      struct glyph_string **,
					      struct glyph_string *,
					      struct glyph_string *));
static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
				       struct glyph_string **,
				       struct glyph_string *));
static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int));
static void x_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
					XChar2b *, struct window *,
					struct glyph_row *,
					enum glyph_row_area, int, 
					enum draw_glyphs_face));
static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
			      enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
			      enum draw_glyphs_face, int *, int *));
static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
						int));
static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_glyph_string_underline P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_glyph_string  P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph *, struct frame *,
				       int *, int *));
static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap,
				      unsigned long *, float, int));
static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
				      float, int, unsigned long));
static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap));
static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
					   int, int, int));
static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
				    int, int, int, int, XRectangle *));
static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
				 int, int, int, XRectangle *));


     
/* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
   with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.  Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result.  */

static INLINE void
x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
     struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
     struct glyph_string *h, *t;
{
  if (h)
    {
      if (*head)
	(*tail)->next = h;
      else
	*head = h;
      h->prev = *tail;
      *tail = t;
    }
}


/* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
   list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.  Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
   result.  */

static INLINE void
x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
     struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
     struct glyph_string *h, *t;
{
  if (h)
    {
      if (*head)
	(*head)->prev = t;
      else
	*tail = t;
      t->next = *head;
      *head = h;
    }
}


/* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
   Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list.  */

static INLINE void
x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
     struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  s->next = s->prev = NULL;
  x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
}


/* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
   face.  */

static void
x_set_cursor_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
      && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
      && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
      && !s->cmpcharp)
    s->gc = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_gc;
  else
    {
      /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge.  */
      XGCValues xgcv;
      unsigned long mask;

      xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
      xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;

      /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground.  */
      if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
	xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
      if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
	xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel;
      if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
	xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;

      /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face.  */
      if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
	  && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
	{
	  xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
	  xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
	}

      IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
      xgcv.font = s->font->fid;
      xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
      mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;

      if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
	XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
		   mask, &xgcv);
      else
	FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
	  = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);

      s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
    }
}


/* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face.  */
   
static void
x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{     
  int face_id;

  /* What face has to be used for the mouse face?  */
  face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
  face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (s->f, face_id, s->charset);
  s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);

  /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it.  */
  if (s->font == s->face->font)
    s->gc = s->face->gc;
  else
    {
      /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
	 but font FONT.  */
      XGCValues xgcv;
      unsigned long mask;
      
      xgcv.background = s->face->background;
      xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
      IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
      xgcv.font = s->font->fid;
      xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
      mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
      
      if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
	XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
		   mask, &xgcv);
      else
	FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
	  = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
      
      s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
    }

  xassert (s->gc != 0);
}


/* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
   Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
   matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here.  */

static INLINE void
x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{     
  s->gc = s->face->gc;
  xassert (s->gc != 0);
}


/* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string.  Set
   S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
   pattern.  */

static INLINE void
x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
    {
      s->gc = s->face->gc;
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
    {
      x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
    {
      x_set_cursor_gc (s);
      s->stippled_p = 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
    {
      x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
	   || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
    {
      s->gc = s->face->gc;
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else
    {
      s->gc = s->face->gc;
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }

  /* GC must have been set.  */
  xassert (s->gc != 0);
}


/* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S.  */

static void
x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     XRectangle *r;
{
  if (s->row->full_width_p)
    {
      /* Draw full-width.  X coordinates are relative to S->w->left.  */
      r->x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
      r->width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);

      if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
	{
	  int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
	  r->width += width;
	  if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
	    r->x -= width;
	}
      
      /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
	 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row.  */
      if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
	r->height = s->row->visible_height;
      else
	r->height = s->height;
    }
  else
    {
      /* This is a text line that may be partially visible.  */
      r->x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
      r->width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
      r->height = s->row->visible_height;
    }

  /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
     visible lines into account.  For example, it can be negative for
     partially visible lines at the top of a window.  */
  if (!s->row->full_width_p
      && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
    r->y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
  else
    r->y = max (0, s->row->y);
  r->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->y);

  /* If drawing a toolbar window, draw it over the internal border
     at the top of the window.  */
  if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->toolbar_window))
    r->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width;
}


/* Set clipping for output of glyph string S.  S may be part of a mode
   line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support.  */

static INLINE void
x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  XRectangle r;
  x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
  XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted);
}


/* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S.  If S is a glyph
   string for a composite character, assume overhangs don't exist.  */

static INLINE void
x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  if (s->cmpcharp == NULL
      && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
    {
      XCharStruct cs;
      int direction, font_ascent, font_descent;
      XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction,
		      &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs);
      s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0;
      s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0;
    }
}


/* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
   predecessors, or successors.  X is the starting x-position for S.
   BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors.  */
   
static void
x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int x;
     int backward_p;
{
  if (backward_p)
    {
      while (s)
	{
	  x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
	  x -= s->width;
	  s->x = x;
	  s = s->prev;
	}
    }
  else
    {
      while (s)
	{
	  x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
	  s->x = x;
	  x += s->width;
	  s = s->next;
	}
    }
}


/* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
   frame F.  Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH or of
   character glyphs for composite characters are assumed to be zero.  */

static void
x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
     struct glyph *glyph;
     struct frame *f;
     int *left, *right;
{
  int c;
  
  *left = *right = 0;
  
  if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
      && (c = glyph->u.ch.code,
	  CHAR_CHARSET (c) != CHARSET_COMPOSITION))
    {
      XFontStruct *font;
      struct face *face;
      struct font_info *font_info;
      XChar2b char2b;
      
      face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b);
      font = face->font;
      font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
      if (font)
	{
	  XCharStruct *pcm = x_per_char_metric (font, &char2b);
	  
	  if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
	    *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
	  if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
	    *left = -pcm->lbearing;
	}
    }
}


/* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
   is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang.  Value is -1
   if no glyphs are overwritten.  */

static int
x_left_overwritten (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int k;
    
  if (s->left_overhang)
    {
      int x = 0, i;
      struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
      int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;

      for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
	x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;

      k = i + 1;
    }
  else
    k = -1;

  return k;
}


/* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
   is overwriting S because of its right overhang.  Value is -1 if no
   glyph in front of S overwrites S.  */

static int
x_left_overwriting (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int i, k, x;
  struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
  int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;

  k = -1;
  x = 0;
  for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
    {
      int left, right;
      x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
      if (x + right > 0)
	k = i;
      x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
    }

  return k;
}


/* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
   not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang.  Value is -1 if
   no such glyph is found.  */

static int
x_right_overwritten (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int k = -1;

  if (s->right_overhang)
    {
      int x = 0, i;
      struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
      int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmpcharp ? 1 : s->nchars);
      int end = s->row->used[s->area];
      
      for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
	x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;

      k = i;
    }

  return k;
}


/* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
   overwrites S because of its left overhang.  Value is negative
   if no such glyph is found.  */

static int
x_right_overwriting (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int i, k, x;
  int end = s->row->used[s->area];
  struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
  int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmpcharp ? 1 : s->nchars);

  k = -1;
  x = 0;
  for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
    {
      int left, right;
      x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
      if (x - left < 0)
	k = i;
      x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
    }

  return k;
}


/* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S.  */

static INLINE void
x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int x, y, w, h;
{
  XGCValues xgcv;
  XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv);
  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
}


/* Draw the background of glyph_string S.  If S->background_filled_p
   is non-zero don't draw it.  FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
   background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally.  This is used
   when a string preceding S draws into the background of S.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int force_p;
{
  /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
     shouldn't be drawn in the first place.  */
  if (!s->background_filled_p)
    {
      if (s->cmpcharp
	  && s->gidx > 0
	  && !s->font_not_found_p
	  && !s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
	{
	  /* Don't draw background for glyphs of a composite
	     characters, except for the first one.  */
	  s->background_filled_p = 1;
	}
      else if (s->stippled_p)
	{
	  /* Fill background with a stipple pattern.  */
	  XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
	  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
			  s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
			  s->background_width,
			  s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
	  XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
	  s->background_filled_p = 1;
	}
      else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width
	       || s->font_not_found_p
	       || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
	       || s->cmpcharp
	       || force_p)
	{
	  x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + s->face->box_line_width,
				     s->background_width,
				     s->height - 2 * s->face->box_line_width);
	  s->background_filled_p = 1;
	}
    }
}


/* Draw the foreground of glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int i, x;

  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
     of S to the right of that box line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
    x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
  else
    x = s->x;

  if (s->cmpcharp == NULL)
    {
      /* Not a composite character.  Draw characters of S as
	 rectangles if S's font could not be loaded.  */
      if (s->font_not_found_p)
	{
	  for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
	    {
	      struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
	      XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window,
			      s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
			      s->height - 1);
	      x += g->pixel_width;
	    }
	}
      else
	{
	  char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;

	  /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b.  */
	  if (!s->two_byte_p)
	    for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
	      char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2;

	  /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
	     filled.  Otherwise, use XDrawImageString.  (Note that
	     XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.)
	     Always use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so
	     that there is no chance that characters under a box
	     cursor are invisible.  */
	  if (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)
	    {
	      /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions.  */
	      if (s->two_byte_p)
		XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase, 
			       s->char2b, s->nchars);
	      else
		XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->ybase, 
			     char1b, s->nchars);
	    }
	  else
	    {
	      if (s->two_byte_p)
		XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
				    x, s->ybase, s->char2b, s->nchars);
	      else
		XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
				  x, s->ybase, char1b, s->nchars);
	    }
	}
    }
  else
    {
      /* S is a glyph string for a composite character. S->gidx is the
	 index of the first character drawn in the vector
	 S->cmpcharp->glyph.  S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the
	 very first component character of a composite char.  */

      /* Draw a single rectangle for the composite character if S's
	 font could not be loaded.  */
      if (s->font_not_found_p && s->gidx == 0)
	XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y,
			s->width - 1, s->height - 1);
      else
	{
	  XCharStruct *pcm;
	  int relative_compose, default_ascent, i;
	  int highest = 0, lowest = 0;

	  /* The value of font_info my be null if we couldn't find it
	     in x_get_char_face_and_encoding.  */
	  if (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule == NULL && s->font_info)
	    {
	      relative_compose = s->font_info->relative_compose;
	      default_ascent = s->font_info->default_ascent;
	    }
	  else
	    relative_compose = default_ascent = 0;

	  if ((s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule || relative_compose)
	      && s->gidx == 0)
	    {
	      /* This is the first character.  Initialize variables.
		 Highest is the highest position of glyphs ever
		 written, lowest the lowest position.  */
	      int x_offset = 0;
	      int first_ch = s->first_glyph->u.ch.code;

	      if (default_ascent
		  && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
		  && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent, first_ch)))
		{
		  highest = default_ascent;
		  lowest = 0;
		}
	      else
		{
		  pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (s->font, s->char2b);
		  highest = pcm->ascent + 1;
		  lowest = - pcm->descent;
		}

	      if (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
		x_offset = (s->cmpcharp->col_offset[0]
			    * FONT_WIDTH (s->f->output_data.x->font));

	      /* Draw the first character at the normal position.  */
	      XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
			     x + x_offset,
			     s->ybase, s->char2b, 1);
	      i = 1;
	      ++s->gidx;
	    }
	  else
	    i = 0;

	  for (; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
	    {
	      int x_offset = 0, y_offset = 0;

	      if (relative_compose)
		{
		  pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (s->font, s->char2b + i);
		  if (NILP (Vignore_relative_composition)
		      || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
				      make_number (s->cmpcharp->glyph[s->gidx]))))
		    {
		      if (- pcm->descent >= relative_compose)
			{
			  /* Draw above the current glyphs.  */
			  y_offset = highest + pcm->descent;
			  highest += pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
			}
		      else if (pcm->ascent <= 0)
			{
			  /* Draw beneath the current glyphs.  */
			  y_offset = lowest - pcm->ascent;
			  lowest -= pcm->ascent + pcm->descent;
			}
		    }
		  else
		    {
		      /* Draw the glyph at normal position.  If
			 it sticks out of HIGHEST or LOWEST,
			 update them appropriately.  */
		      if (pcm->ascent > highest)
			highest = pcm->ascent;
		      else if (- pcm->descent < lowest)
			lowest = - pcm->descent;
		    }
		}
	      else if (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule)
		{
		  int gref = (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule[s->gidx] - 0xA0) / 9;
		  int nref = (s->cmpcharp->cmp_rule[s->gidx] - 0xA0) % 9;
		  int bottom, top;

		  /* Re-encode GREF and NREF so that they specify
		     only Y-axis information:
		     0:top, 1:base, 2:bottom, 3:center  */
		  gref = gref / 3 + (gref == 4) * 2;
		  nref = nref / 3 + (nref == 4) * 2;

		  pcm = PER_CHAR_METRIC (s->font, s->char2b + i);
		  bottom = ((gref == 0 ? highest : gref == 1 ? 0
			     : gref == 2 ? lowest
			     : (highest + lowest) / 2)
			    - (nref == 0 ? pcm->ascent + pcm->descent
			       : nref == 1 ? pcm->descent : nref == 2 ? 0
			       : (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent) / 2));
		  top = bottom + (pcm->ascent + pcm->descent);
		  if (top > highest)
		    highest = top;
		  if (bottom < lowest)
		    lowest = bottom;
		  y_offset = bottom + pcm->descent;
		  x_offset = (s->cmpcharp->col_offset[s->gidx]
			      * FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (s->f)));
		}

	      XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
			     x + x_offset, s->ybase - y_offset,
			     s->char2b + i, 1);
	    }
	}
    }
}


/* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on SCREEN of DISPLAY, colormap
   CMAP.  If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color
   available.  Value is non-zero if successful.  Set *COLOR to the
   color allocated.  */

int
x_alloc_nearest_color (display, screen, cmap, color)
     Display *display;
     Screen *screen;
     Colormap cmap;
     XColor *color;
{
  int rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
  if (rc == 0)
    {
      /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
	 to try to get the next closest color.  The algorithm used is
	 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
	 color matching with StaticColor visuals.  */
      int nearest, i;
      unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0;
      int ncells = XDisplayCells (display, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen));
      XColor *cells = (XColor *) alloca (ncells * sizeof *cells);

      for (i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
	cells[i].pixel = i;
      XQueryColors (display, cmap, cells, ncells);

      for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
	{
	  long dred   = (color->red   >> 8) - (cells[i].red   >> 8);
	  long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8);
	  long dblue  = (color->blue  >> 8) - (cells[i].blue  >> 8);
	  unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue;

	  if (delta < nearest_delta)
	    {
	      nearest = i;
	      nearest_delta = delta;
	    }
	}
      
      color->red   = cells[nearest].red;
      color->green = cells[nearest].green;
      color->blue  = cells[nearest].blue;
      rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
    }

  return rc;
}


/* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
   or DELTA.  Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
   If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
   values have DELTA added.  Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
   DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
   Value is non-zero if successful.  */

static int
x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta)
     struct frame *f;
     Display *display;
     Colormap cmap;
     unsigned long *pixel;
     float factor;
     int delta;
{
  XColor color, new;
  int success_p;

  /* Get RGB color values.  */
  color.pixel = *pixel;
  XQueryColor (display, cmap, &color);

  /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR.  Avoid overflow!  */
  xassert (factor >= 0);
  new.red = min (0xffff, factor * color.red);
  new.green = min (0xffff, factor * color.green);
  new.blue = min (0xffff, factor * color.blue);

  /* Try to allocate the color.  */
  success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (display, FRAME_X_SCREEN (f), cmap, &new);
  if (success_p)
    {
      if (new.pixel == *pixel)
	{
	  /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
	     delta to the RGB values.  */
	  int class = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->visual->class;
	  
	  /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is
	     not necessary and some servers don't allow it.  So don't
	     do it.  */
	  if (class != StaticColor
	      && class != StaticGray
	      && class != TrueColor)
	    XFreeColors (display, cmap, &new.pixel, 1, 0);
	  
	  new.red = min (0xffff, delta + color.red);
	  new.green = min (0xffff, delta + color.green);
	  new.blue = min (0xffff, delta + color.blue);
	  success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (display, FRAME_X_SCREEN (f),
					     cmap, &new);
	}
      else
	success_p = 1;
      *pixel = new.pixel;
    }
  
  return success_p;
}


/* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
   string S.  RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
   with which lines will be drawn.  Use a color that is FACTOR or
   DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
   in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background.  If such a color cannot
   be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead.  */
   
static void
x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
     struct frame *f;
     struct relief *relief;
     float factor;
     int delta;
     unsigned long default_pixel;
{
  XGCValues xgcv;
  struct x_output *di = f->output_data.x;
  unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCGraphicsExposures;
  unsigned long pixel;
  unsigned long background = di->relief_background;
  Colormap cmap = DefaultColormapOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f));

  xgcv.graphics_exposures = False;
  xgcv.line_width = 1;

  /* Free previously allocated color.  The color cell will be reused
     when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
     doesn't affect faces using the same colors.  */
  if (relief->gc
      && relief->allocated_p)
    {
      /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is not
	 necessary and some servers don't allow it.  So don't do it.  */
      int class = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->visual->class;
      if (class != StaticColor
	  && class != StaticGray
	  && class != TrueColor)
	XFreeColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), cmap, &relief->pixel, 1, 0);
      relief->allocated_p = 0;
    }

  /* Allocate new color.  */
  xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
  pixel = background;
  if (x_alloc_lighter_color (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), cmap, &pixel,
			     factor, delta))
    {
      relief->allocated_p = 1;
      xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
    }
  
  if (relief->gc == 0)
    {
      xgcv.stipple = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->gray;
      mask |= GCStipple;
      relief->gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
			      mask, &xgcv);
    }
  else
    XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
}


/* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S.  */

static void
x_setup_relief_colors (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  struct x_output *di = s->f->output_data.x;
  unsigned long color;

  if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
    color = s->face->box_color;
  else
    {
      XGCValues xgcv;
      
      /* Get the background color of the face.  */
      XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv);
      color = xgcv.background;
    }

  if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
      || color != di->relief_background)
    {
      di->relief_background = color;
      x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
			    WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
      x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
			    BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
    }
}


/* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
   TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y.  WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
   to draw, it must be >= 0.  RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
   relief.  LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
   the rectangle.  RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
   side of the rectangle.  CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
   when drawing.  */

static void
x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
		    raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
     struct frame *f;
     int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
     XRectangle *clip_rect;
{
  int i;
  GC gc;
  
  if (raised_p)
    gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc;
  else
    gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc;
  XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);

  /* Top.  */
  for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
    XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
	       left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
	       right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i);

  /* Left.  */
  if (left_p)
    for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
      XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
		 left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i);

  XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None);
  if (raised_p)
    gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc;
  else
    gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc;
  XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
  
  /* Bottom.  */
  for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
    XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
	       left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
	       right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i);
  
  /* Right.  */
  if (right_p)
    for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
      XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
		 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i);

  XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, None);
}


/* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
   RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y.  WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
   draw, it must be >= 0.  LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
   left side of the rectangle.  RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
   on the right side of the rectangle.  CLIP_RECT is the clipping
   rectangle to use when drawing.  */

static void
x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
		 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p;
     XRectangle *clip_rect;
{
  XGCValues xgcv;
  
  XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->box_color);
  XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
  
  /* Top.  */
  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
		  left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x, width);

  /* Left.  */
  if (left_p)
    XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
		    left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y);

  /* Bottom.  */
  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
		  left_x, bottom_y - width, right_x - left_x, width);
  
  /* Right.  */
  if (right_p)
    XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc,
		    right_x - width, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y);

  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
  XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
}


/* Draw a box around glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
  int left_p, right_p;
  struct glyph *last_glyph;
  XRectangle clip_rect;

  last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
  if (s->row->full_width_p
      && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
    {
      last_x += FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s->f);
      if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
	last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
    }
  
  /* The glyph that may have a right box line.  */
  last_glyph = (s->cmpcharp || s->img
		? s->first_glyph
		: s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);

  width = s->face->box_line_width;
  raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
  left_x = s->x;
  right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p
	      ? last_x
	      : min (last_x, s->x + s->width) - 1));
  top_y = s->y;
  bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;

  left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
	    || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
		&& (s->prev == NULL
		    || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
  right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
	     || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
		 && (s->next == NULL
		     || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
  
  x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);

  if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
    x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
		     left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
  else
    {
      x_setup_relief_colors (s);
      x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
			  width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
    }
}


/* Draw foreground of image glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_image_foreground (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int x;
  int y = s->ybase - IMAGE_ASCENT (s->img);

  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
     right of that line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
    x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
  else
    x = s->x;

  /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
     by that margin.  */
  if (s->img->margin)
    {
      x += s->img->margin;
      y += s->img->margin;
    }

  if (s->img->pixmap)
    {
      if (s->img->mask)
	{
	  /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
	     because the latter also sets a clip mask.  We also can't
	     trust on the shape extension to be available
	     (XShapeCombineRegion).  So, compute the rectangle to draw
	     manually.  */
	  unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
				| GCFunction);
	  XGCValues xgcv;
	  XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r;

	  xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
	  xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
	  xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
	  xgcv.function = GXcopy;
	  XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);
	  
	  x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
	  image_rect.x = x;
	  image_rect.y = y;
	  image_rect.width = s->img->width;
	  image_rect.height = s->img->height;
	  if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r))
	    XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
		       r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y);
	}
      else
	{
	  XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
		     0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
	  
	  /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
	     least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
	     be visible.  If the image doesn't have a mask, make
	     a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
	     the image.  I believe it's looking better if we do
	     nothing here for mouse-face.  */
	  if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
	    XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y,
			    s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
	}
    }
  else
    /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded.  */
    XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y,
		    s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
}


/* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_image_relief (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
  XRectangle r;
  int x;
  int y = s->ybase - IMAGE_ASCENT (s->img);
  
  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
     right of that line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
    x = s->x + s->face->box_line_width;
  else
    x = s->x;
  
  /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
     by that margin.  */
  if (s->img->margin)
    {
      x += s->img->margin;
      y += s->img->margin;
    }
  
  if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
      || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
    {
      thick = toolbar_button_relief > 0 ? toolbar_button_relief : 3;
      raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
    }
  else
    {
      thick = abs (s->img->relief);
      raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
    }
  
  x0 = x - thick;
  y0 = y - thick;
  x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
  y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
  
  x_setup_relief_colors (s);
  x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
  x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
}


/* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP.  */

static void
x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     Pixmap pixmap;
{
  int x;
  int y = s->ybase - s->y - IMAGE_ASCENT (s->img);

  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
     right of that line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
    x = s->face->box_line_width;
  else
    x = 0;

  /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
     by that margin.  */
  if (s->img->margin)
    {
      x += s->img->margin;
      y += s->img->margin;
    }

  if (s->img->pixmap)
    {
      if (s->img->mask)
	{
	  /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
	     because the latter also sets a clip mask.  We also can't
	     trust on the shape extension to be available
	     (XShapeCombineRegion).  So, compute the rectangle to draw
	     manually.  */
	  unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin
				| GCFunction);
	  XGCValues xgcv;

	  xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask;
	  xgcv.clip_x_origin = x;
	  xgcv.clip_y_origin = y;
	  xgcv.function = GXcopy;
	  XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv);

	  XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
		     0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
	  XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
	}
      else
	{
	  XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc,
		     0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y);
	  
	  /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
	     least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
	     be visible.  If the image doesn't have a mask, make
	     a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
	     the image.  I believe it's looking better if we do
	     nothing here for mouse-face.  */
	  if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
	    XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y,
			    s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
	}
    }
  else
    /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded.  */
    XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y,
		    s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1);
}


/* Draw part of the background of glyph string S.  X, Y, W, and H
   give the rectangle to draw.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int x, y, w, h;
{
  if (s->stippled_p)
    {
      /* Fill background with a stipple pattern.  */
      XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
      XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
      XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
    }
  else
    x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
}


/* Draw image glyph string S.  

            s->y
   s->x      +-------------------------
	     |   s->face->box
	     |
	     |     +-------------------------
	     |     |  s->img->margin
	     |     |
	     |     |       +-------------------
	     |     |       |  the image

 */

static void
x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int x, y;
  int box_line_width = s->face->box_line_width;
  int margin = s->img->margin;
  int height;
  Pixmap pixmap = None;

  height = s->height - 2 * box_line_width;

  /* Fill background with face under the image.  Do it only if row is
     taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
     flickering.  */
  s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
  if (height > s->img->height
      || margin
      || s->img->mask
      || s->img->pixmap == 0
      || s->width != s->background_width)
    {
      if (box_line_width && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
	x = s->x + box_line_width;
      else
	x = s->x;
      
      y = s->y + box_line_width;
      
      if (s->img->mask)
	{
	  /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string Fill it with
	     the background color.  Copy the image to it, using its
	     mask.  Copy the temporary pixmap to the display.  */
	  Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
	  int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);

	  /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string.  */
 	  pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
				  s->background_width,
				  s->height, depth);
	  
	  /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
	     pixmap.  */
	  XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);

	  /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple.  */
	  if (s->stippled_p)
	    {
	      /* Fill background with a stipple pattern.  */
	      XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
	      XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
			      0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
	      XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
	    }
	  else
	    {
	      XGCValues xgcv;
	      XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
			    &xgcv);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
	      XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
			      0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
	    }
	}
      else
	/* Implementation idea: Is it possible to construct a mask?
	   We could look at the color at the margins of the image, and
	   say that this color is probably the background color of the
	   image.  */
	x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
      
      s->background_filled_p = 1;
    }

  /* Draw the foreground.  */
  if (pixmap != None)
    {
      x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
      x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
      XCopyArea (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc,
		 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y);
      XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap);
    }
  else
    x_draw_image_foreground (s);

  /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it.  */
  if (s->img->relief
      || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
      || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
    x_draw_image_relief (s);
}


/* Draw stretch glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
  s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;

  if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
      && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
    {
      /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
	 as wide as the stretch glyph.  */
      int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);

      /* Draw cursor.  */
      x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);

      /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face.  */
      if (width < s->background_width)
	{
	  GC gc = s->face->gc;
	  int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
	  int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
	  XRectangle r;

	  x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
	  XSetClipRectangles (s->display, gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted);

	  if (s->face->stipple)
	    {
	      /* Fill background with a stipple pattern.  */
	      XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
	      XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
	      XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
	    }
	  else
	    {
	      XGCValues xgcv;
	      XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background);
	      XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground);
	    }
	}
    }
  else
    x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
				 s->height);
  
  s->background_filled_p = 1;
}


/* Draw glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
     background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
     This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString.  */
  if (s->next && s->right_overhang)
    {
      xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
      x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
      x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
      x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
    }

  /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S.  */
  x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
  x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);

  switch (s->first_glyph->type)
    {
    case IMAGE_GLYPH:
      x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
      break;

    case STRETCH_GLYPH:
      x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
      break;

    case CHAR_GLYPH:
      x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
      x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
      break;

    default:
      abort ();
    }

  /* Draw underline.  */
  if (s->face->underline_p)
    {
      unsigned long dy, h;

      if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &h))
	h = 1;
      if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &dy))
	dy = s->height - h;
      
      if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
	XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
			s->width, h);
      else
	{
	  XGCValues xgcv;
	  XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
	  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color);
	  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
			  s->width, h);
	  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
	}
    }

  /* Draw overline.  */
  if (s->face->overline_p)
    {
      unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;

      if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
	XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
			s->width, h);
      else
	{
	  XGCValues xgcv;
	  XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
	  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color);
	  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
			  s->width, h);
	  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
	}
    }
  
  /* Draw strike-through.  */
  if (s->face->strike_through_p)
    {
      unsigned long h = 1;
      unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;

      if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
	XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
			s->width, h);
      else
	{
	  XGCValues xgcv;
	  XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
	  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color);
	  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
			  s->width, h);
	  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
	}
    }
  
  /* Draw relief.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
    x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
  
  /* Reset clipping.  */
  XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
}


/* A work-list entry used during the construction of glyph_string
   structures for a composite character.  */

struct work
{
  /* Pointer to composite char info defining has the composite
     character is drawn.  */
  struct cmpchar_info *cmpcharp;

  /* Start index in compcharp->glyph[].  */
  int gidx;

  /* Next in stack.  */
  struct work *next;
};


static void x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
					       int, struct work **,
					       struct work **));


/* Load glyph string S with information from the top of *STACK for a
   composite character.  FACE_ID is the id of the face in which S is
   drawn.  *NEW is a pointer to a struct work not on the stack, that
   can be used if this function needs to push a new structure on the
   stack.  If it uses it, *NEW is set to null.  */

static void
x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, face_id, stack, new)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int face_id;
     struct work **stack, **new;
{
  int i, c;
  struct work *work;

  xassert (s && *new && *stack);

  /* Pop the work stack.  */
  work = *stack;
  *stack = work->next;
  
  /* For all glyphs of cmpcharp->glyph, starting at the offset
     work->offset, until we reach the end of the definition or
     encounter another composite char, get the font and face to use,
     and add it to S.  */
  for (i = work->gidx; i < work->cmpcharp->glyph_len; ++i)
    {
      c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (work->cmpcharp->glyph[i]);
      if (CHAR_CHARSET (c) == CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
	break;
      s->face = x_get_char_face_and_encoding (s->f, c, face_id,
					      s->char2b + s->nchars, 1);
      s->font = s->face->font;
      s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
      ++s->nchars;
    }

  /* If we find another composite char in the glyph definition of
     work->cmpcharp, put back the rest of the glyphs on the work
     stack, and make a new entry for the composite char.  */
  if (i < work->cmpcharp->glyph_len)
    {
      /* Push back an unprocessed rest of this glyph spec.  */
      if (i < work->cmpcharp->glyph_len - 1)
	{
	  work->gidx = i + 1;
	  work->next = *stack;
	  *stack = work;
	  work = *new;
	  *new = NULL;
	}

      /* Make an entry for the composite char on the work stack.  */
      work->cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (c)];
      work->gidx = 0;
      work->next = *stack;
      *stack = work;
    }

  /* The width of this glyph string equals the width of the first
     glyph.  All characters are drawn at the same x-position.  */
  s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;

  /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
     default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
     the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
     characters of the glyph string.  */
  if (s->font == NULL)
    {
      s->font_not_found_p = 1;
      s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
    }

  /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text.  */
  s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
  
  xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);

  /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions.  */
  s->two_byte_p = 1;
}


/* Load glyph string S with a sequence of non-composite characters.
   FACE_ID is the face id of the string.  START is the index of the
   first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.  Value
   is the index of the first glyph not in S.  */

static int
x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int face_id;
     int start, end;
{
  struct glyph *glyph, *last;
  int voffset;
  
  xassert (s->charset != CHARSET_COMPOSITION);
  xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
  xassert (s->nchars == 0);
  xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);

  glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
  last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
  voffset = glyph->voffset;
  
  while (glyph < last
	 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
	 && glyph->voffset == voffset
	 /* Same face id implies same charset, nowadays.  */
	 && glyph->u.ch.face_id == face_id)
    {
      s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
					       s->char2b + s->nchars);
      if (s->char2b[s->nchars].byte2 != 0)
	s->two_byte_p = 1;
      
      ++s->nchars;
      xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
      s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
      ++glyph;
    }

  s->font = s->face->font;
  s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
  
  /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
     but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
     S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
     characters of the glyph string.  */
  if (s->font == NULL)
    {
      s->font_not_found_p = 1;
      s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
    }

  /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text.  */
  s->ybase += voffset;
  
  xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
  return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
}


/* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph.  */

static void
x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
  s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img.id);
  xassert (s->img);
  s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img.face_id);
  s->font = s->face->font;
  s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
  
  /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text.  */
  s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
}


/* Fill glyph string S from stretch glyph S->first_glyph.  */

static void
x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
  s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.stretch.face_id);
  s->font = s->face->font;
  s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
  
  /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text.  */
  s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
}


/* Initialize glyph string S.  CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
   of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
   x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'.  W
   is the window on which S is drawn.  ROW and AREA are the glyph row
   and area within the row from which S is constructed.  START is the
   index of the first glyph structure covered by S.  HL is a
   face-override for drawing S.  */
   
static void
x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     XChar2b *char2b;
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     enum glyph_row_area area;
     int start;
     enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
{
  bzero (s, sizeof *s);
  s->w = w;
  s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  s->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s->f);
  s->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (s->f);
  s->char2b = char2b;
  s->hl = hl;
  s->row = row;
  s->area = area;
  s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
  s->height = row->height;
  s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);

  /* Display the internal border below the toolbar window.  */
  if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->toolbar_window))
    s->y -= s->f->output_data.x->internal_border_width;
  
  s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
}


/* Set background width of glyph string S.  START is the index of the
   first glyph following S.  LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
   in the drawing area.  */

static INLINE void
x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int start;
     int last_x;
{
  /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
     the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p.  */
  struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
  
  if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
      && s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
      && ((s->area == TEXT_AREA && s->row->fill_line_p)
	  || s->face->background != default_face->background
	  || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple))
    s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
  
  /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
     background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
     area.  */
  if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
    s->background_width = last_x - s->x;
  else
    s->background_width = s->width;
}


/* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
   between HEAD and TAIL.  START is the index of the stretch glyph in
   row area AREA of glyph row ROW.  END is the index of the last glyph
   in that glyph row area.  X is the current output position assigned
   to the new glyph string constructed.  HL overrides that face of the
   glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn.  LAST_X
   is the right-most x-position of the drawing area.  */

#define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL,    \
				 HL, X, LAST_X)				    \
     do									    \
       {								    \
	 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s);		    \
	 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL);	    \
	 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s);				    \
	 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s);			    \
	 ++START;							    \
         s->x = (X);							    \
       }								    \
     while (0)


/* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
   between HEAD and TAIL.  START is the index of the image glyph in
   row area AREA of glyph row ROW.  END is the index of the last glyph
   in that glyph row area.  X is the current output position assigned
   to the new glyph string constructed.  HL overrides that face of the
   glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn.  LAST_X
   is the right-most x-position of the drawing area.  */

#define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL,	\
				 HL, X, LAST_X)				\
     do									\
       {								\
	 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s);		\
	 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL);        \
	 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s);					\
	 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s);			\
	 ++START;							\
         s->x = (X);							\
       }								\
     while (0)


/* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
   of strings between HEAD and TAIL.  START is the index of the first
   glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
   glyph string.  END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
   area.  X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
   string constructed.  HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
   is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn.  LAST_X is the
   right-most x-position of the drawing area.  */

#define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, \
			         X, LAST_X)				   \
     do									   \
       {								   \
	 int c, charset, face_id;					   \
	 XChar2b *char2b;						   \
									   \
	 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch.code;			   \
	 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);					   \
	 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch.face_id;		   \
									   \
	 if (charset == CHARSET_COMPOSITION)				   \
	   {								   \
	     struct work *stack, *work, *new = NULL;			   \
	     int n = 0;							   \
             struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL;			   \
									   \
	     /* Push an initial entry for character c on the stack.  */	   \
	     stack = NULL;						   \
	     work = (struct work *) alloca (sizeof *work);		   \
	     work->cmpcharp = cmpchar_table[COMPOSITE_CHAR_ID (c)];	   \
	     work->gidx = 0;						   \
	     work->next = stack;					   \
	     stack = work;						   \
									   \
	     /* While the stack is not empty, append glyph_strings	   \
		to head/tail for glyphs to draw.  */			   \
	     while (stack)						   \
	       {							   \
		 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s);	   \
		 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca (stack->cmpcharp->glyph_len   \
					      * sizeof (XChar2b));	   \
		 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
		 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s);		   \
		 s->cmpcharp = stack->cmpcharp;				   \
		 s->gidx = stack->gidx;					   \
		 s->charset = charset;					   \
		 s->x = (X);						   \
									   \
                 if (n == 0)						   \
		   {							   \
		     /* Don't draw the background except for the	   \
			first glyph string.  */				   \
                     s->background_filled_p = n > 0;			   \
		     first_s = s;					   \
		   }							   \
		 ++n;							   \
									   \
		 if (new == NULL)					   \
		   new = (struct work *) alloca (sizeof *new);		   \
		 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, face_id, &stack,	   \
						&new);			   \
	       }							   \
									   \
	     ++START;							   \
             s = first_s;						   \
	   }								   \
	 else								   \
	   {								   \
	     s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s);		   \
	     char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
	     x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL);	   \
	     x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s);			   \
	     s->charset = charset;					   \
	     s->x = (X);						   \
	     START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END);	   \
	   }								   \
       }								   \
     while (0)
     

/* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
   of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
   HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
   DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor.  X and LAST_X are start and end
   x-positions of the drawing area.

   This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
   to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
   asynchronously).  */

#define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL,	   \
			    X, LAST_X)					   \
     do									   \
       {								   \
	 HEAD = TAIL = NULL;						   \
	 while (START < END)						   \
	   {								   \
             struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START;	   \
             switch (first_glyph->type)					   \
	       {							   \
	       case CHAR_GLYPH:						   \
                 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
		                           TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X);	   \
		 break;							   \
									   \
	       case STRETCH_GLYPH:					   \
		 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END,	   \
					     HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X);   \
		 break;							   \
									   \
	       case IMAGE_GLYPH:					   \
		 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
					   TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X);	   \
		 break;							   \
									   \
	       default:							   \
		 abort ();						   \
	       }							   \
									   \
             x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X);	   \
	     (X) += s->width;						   \
            }								   \
       }								   \
     while (0)


/* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
   starting at x-position X.  X is relative to AREA in W.  HL is a
   face-override with the following meaning:

   DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT	draw normally
   DRAW_CURSOR		draw in cursor face
   DRAW_MOUSE_FACE	draw in mouse face.
   DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO	draw in mode line face
   DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN	draw an image with a sunken relief around it
   DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED	draw an image with a raised relief around it

   If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting
   position for display.  This can be different from START in case
   overlapping glyphs must be displayed.  If REAL_END is non-null,
   return in *REAL_END the real end position for display.  This can be
   different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed.

   Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W.  */
     
static int
x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, real_start, real_end)
     struct window *w;
     int x;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     enum glyph_row_area area;
     int start, end;
     enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
     int *real_start, *real_end;
{
  struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
  struct glyph_string *s;
  int last_x, area_width;
  int x_reached;
  int i, j;

  /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV.  */
  start = max (0, start);
  end = min (end, row->used[area]);
  if (real_start)
    *real_start = start;
  if (real_end)
    *real_end = end;

  /* Translate X to frame coordinates.  Set last_x to the right
     end of the drawing area.  */
  if (row->full_width_p)
    {
      /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
	 or flag areas.  */
      struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
      int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
      int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);

      x += window_left_x;
      area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
      last_x = window_left_x + area_width;

      if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
	{
	  width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
	  if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
	    last_x += width;
	  else
	    x -= width;
	}

      /* If row should extend over internal borders, adjust x and
         width accordingly.  */
      if (row->internal_border_p)
	{
	  x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
	  width -= 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
	}
    }
  else
    {
      x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
      area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
      last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
    }

  /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
     head and tail from what we have to draw.  Note that the macro
     BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter.  That's
     the reason we use a separate variable `i'.  */
  i = start;
  BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x);
  if (tail)
    x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
  else
    x_reached = x;

  /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
     the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
     strings built above.  */
  if (row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
    {
      int dummy_x = 0;
      struct glyph_string *h, *t;

      /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings.  */
      for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
	x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);

      /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
	 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
	 string's left overhang.  The background of all strings
	 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string 
	 draws over it.  */
      i = x_left_overwritten (head);
      if (i >= 0)
	{
	  j = i;
	  BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
			       DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x);
	  start = i;
	  if (real_start)
	    *real_start = start;
	  x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
	  x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
	}

      /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
	 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
	 right overhang.  For these strings, only the foreground must
	 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
	 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
	 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
	 strings exist.  */
      i = x_left_overwriting (head);
      if (i >= 0)
	{
	  BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
			       DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x);
	  for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
	    s->background_filled_p = 1;
	  if (real_start)
	    *real_start = i;
	  x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
	  x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
	}

      /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
	 string tail that are overwritten by tail.  The background of
	 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
	 over it.  */
      i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
      if (i >= 0)
	{
	  BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
			       DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x);
	  x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
	  x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
	  if (real_end)
	    *real_end = i;
	}

      /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
	 string tail that overwrite tail.  The foreground of such
	 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
	 of tail.  The background must not be drawn because it could
	 paint over the foreground of following glyphs.  */
      i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
      if (i >= 0)
	{
	  BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
			       DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x);
	  for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
	    s->background_filled_p = 1;
	  x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
	  x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
	  if (real_end)
	    *real_end = i;
	}
    }

  /* Draw all strings.  */
  for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
    x_draw_glyph_string (s);

  /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
     This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs.  */
  x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
  if (!row->full_width_p)
    {
      if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
	x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
      if (area > TEXT_AREA)
	x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
    }
  return x_reached;
}


/* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
   Advance the nominal cursor over the text.  The global variable
   updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
   the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
   row being updated.  */

static void
x_write_glyphs (start, len)
     struct glyph *start;
     int len;
{
  int x, hpos, real_start, real_end;

  xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  
  /* Write glyphs.  */

  hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
  x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
		     updated_row, updated_area,
		     hpos, hpos + len,
		     (updated_row->inverse_p
		      ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT),
		     &real_start, &real_end);

  /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more.  */
  note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window, real_start,
				real_end - real_start);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  
  /* Advance the output cursor.  */
  output_cursor.hpos += len;
  output_cursor.x = x;
}


/* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position.   */

static void
x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
     struct glyph *start;
     register int len;
{
  struct frame *f;
  struct window *w;
  int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
  struct glyph_row *row;
  struct glyph *glyph;
  int frame_x, frame_y, hpos, real_start, real_end;

  xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  w = updated_window;
  f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));

  /* Get the height of the line we are in.  */
  row = updated_row;
  line_height = row->height;

  /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert.  */
  shift_by_width = 0;
  for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
    shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;

  /* Get the width of the region to shift right.  */
  shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
			  - output_cursor.x
			  - shift_by_width);

  /* Shift right.  */
  frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, output_cursor.x);
  frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
  XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
	     f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
	     frame_x, frame_y,
	     shifted_region_width, line_height,
	     frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y);

  /* Write the glyphs.  */
  hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
  x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
		 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, &real_start, &real_end);
  note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, real_start, real_end - real_start);
  
  /* Advance the output cursor.  */
  output_cursor.hpos += len;
  output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position.  Not implemented
   for X frames.  */

static void
x_delete_glyphs (n)
     register int n;
{
  abort ();
}


/* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
   (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive).  The idea is that
   everything from TO_X onward is already erased.

   TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
   updated_window.  TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area.  */

static void
x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
     int to_x;
{
  struct frame *f;
  struct window *w = updated_window;
  int max_x, min_y, max_y;
  int from_x, from_y, to_y;
  
  xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
  f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  
  if (updated_row->full_width_p)
    {
      max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
      if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
	  && !w->pseudo_window_p)
	max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
    }
  else
    max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
  max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);

  /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything.  TO_X < 0 means clear to end
     of window.  For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area.  */
  if (to_x == 0)
    return;
  else if (to_x < 0)
    to_x = max_x;
  else
    to_x = min (to_x, max_x);

  to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
  
  /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation.  */
  if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
    note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, output_cursor.hpos, -1);

  from_x = output_cursor.x;
     
  /* Translate to frame coordinates.  */
  if (updated_row->full_width_p)
    {
      from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
      to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
    }
  else
    {
      from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
      to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
    }
  
  min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
  from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
  to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
  
  /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window.  */
  if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		  from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y,
		  False);
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}


/* Clear entire frame.  If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
   frame.  Otherwise clear selected_frame.  */

static void
x_clear_frame ()
{
  struct frame *f;

  if (updating_frame)
    f = updating_frame;
  else
    f = selected_frame;

  /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
     longer visible.  */
  mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
  output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
  output_cursor.x = -1;

  /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
     follow an explicit cursor_to.  */
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f));

  /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too.  If we have changed
     colors or something like that, then they should be notified.  */
  x_scroll_bar_clear (f);

  XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}



/* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec.  */

/* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
   sure it's available.  If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells.  */

#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)


/* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
   *RESULT.  Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0.  */

static int
timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
     struct timeval *result, x, y;
{
  /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y.  This
     is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned.  */
  if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec)
    {
      int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1;
      y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec;
      y.tv_sec += nsec;
    }
  
  if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000)
    {
      int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000;
      y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec;
      y.tv_sec -= nsec;
    }

  /* Compute the time remaining to wait.  tv_usec is certainly
     positive.  */
  result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec;
  result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec;

  /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
     negative.  */
  return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec;
}

void
XTflash (f)

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  {
    GC gc;

    /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
       pixels into background pixels.  */
    {
      XGCValues values;

      values.function = GXxor;
      values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel

	  break;

	case vertical_scroll_bar_right:
	  flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
	  break;

	default:
	  break;
	}

      width = flash_right - flash_left;

      /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line.  */
      if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
	{
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left,
			  (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
			   + FRAME_TOOLBAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
			  width, flash_height);
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left,
			  (height - flash_height
			   - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),

	/* If it is short, flash it all.  */ 
	XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));

      x_flush (f);

      {
	struct timeval wakeup;

	EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup);

	/* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs.  */
	wakeup.tv_usec += 150000;

      /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line.  */
      if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
	{
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left,
			  (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
			   + FRAME_TOOLBAR_LINES (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
			  width, flash_height);
	  XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			  flash_left,
			  (height - flash_height
			   - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),

	XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc,
			flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));

      XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc);
      x_flush (f);
    }
  }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

#endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */


/* Make audible bell.  */

#define XRINGBELL XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame), 0)

      XRINGBELL;
      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame));
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}


/* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
   should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
   This, and those operations, are used only within an update
   that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end.  */

static void
XTset_terminal_window (n)
     register int n;
{
  /* This function intentionally left blank.  */
}



/***********************************************************************
			      Line Dance
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
   lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS.  */

static void
x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
     int vpos, n;
{
  abort ();
}


/* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN.  */

static void
x_scroll_run (w, run)
     struct window *w;
     struct run *run;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;

  /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
     without mode lines.  Include in this box the flags areas to the
     left and right of W.  */
  window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
  width += 2 * FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
  x -= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);

  from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
  to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
  bottom_y = y + height;

  if (to_y < from_y)
    {
      /* Scrolling up.  Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
	 line at the bottom.  */
      if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
	height = bottom_y - from_y;
      else
	height = run->height;
    }
  else
    {
      /* Scolling down.  Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
	 at the bottom.  */
      if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
	height = bottom_y - to_y;
      else
	height = run->height;
    }

  BLOCK_INPUT;
  
  /* Cursor off.  Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end.  */
  updated_window = w;
  x_clear_cursor (w);

  XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
	     FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
	     f->output_data.x->normal_gc,
	     x, from_y,
	     width, height,
	     x, to_y);
  
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}



/***********************************************************************
			   Exposure Events
 ***********************************************************************/
									
/* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F.  X and Y are the upper-left
   corner of the exposed rectangle.  W and H are width and height of
   the exposed area.  All are pixel values.  W or H zero means redraw
   the entire frame.  */

static void
expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y, w, h;
{
  XRectangle r;

  TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));

  /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon.  */
  if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
    {
      TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
      return;
    }

  /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
     trying to redraw anything.  This can happen when we get an expose
     event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window.  */
  if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
      || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
    {
      TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
      return;
    }

  if (w == 0 || h == 0)
    {
      r.x = r.y = 0;
      r.width = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
      r.height = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
    }
  else
    {
      r.x = x;
      r.y = y;
      r.width = w;
      r.height = h;
    }

  TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height));
  expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);

  if (WINDOWP (f->toolbar_window))
    {
      struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window);
      XRectangle window_rect;
      XRectangle intersection_rect;
      int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
      

      window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
      window_rect.x = window_x;
      window_rect.y = window_y;
      window_rect.width = window_width;
      window_rect.height = window_height;

      if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect))
	expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
    }

#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window))
    {
      struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
      XRectangle window_rect;
      XRectangle intersection_rect;
      int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
      

      window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
      window_rect.x = window_x;
      window_rect.y = window_y;
      window_rect.width = window_width;
      window_rect.height = window_height;

      if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect))
	expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
    }
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
}


/* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
   intersect R.  R contains frame pixel coordinates.  */

static void
expose_window_tree (w, r)
     struct window *w;
     XRectangle *r;
{
  while (w)
    {
      if (!NILP (w->hchild))
	expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
      else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
	expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
      else
	{
	  XRectangle window_rect;
	  XRectangle intersection_rect;
	  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
	  int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;

	  /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W.  */
	  window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width,
		      &window_height);
	  window_rect.x
	    = (window_x
	       - FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
	       - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
	  window_rect.y = window_y;
	  window_rect.width
	    = (window_width
	       + 2 * FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
	       + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f));
	  window_rect.height
	    = window_height + CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);

	  if (x_intersect_rectangles (r, &window_rect, &intersection_rect))
	    expose_window (w, &intersection_rect);
	}

      w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
    }
}


/* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
   which intersects rectangle R.  R is in window-relative coordinates.  */

static void
expose_area (w, row, r, area)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     XRectangle *r;
     enum glyph_row_area area;
{
  int x;
  struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
  struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
  struct glyph *last;
  int first_x;

  /* Set x to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
     AREA.  The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
     The first glyphs of other areas cannot.  */
  if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
    x = 0;
  else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
    x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
  else
    x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
	 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));

  /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn.  */
  while (first < end
	 && x + first->pixel_width < r->x)
    {
      x += first->pixel_width;
      ++first;
    }
  
  /* Find the last one.  */
  last = first;
  first_x = x;
  while (last < end
	 && x < r->x + r->width)
    {
      x += last->pixel_width;
      ++last;
    }
      
  /* Repaint.  */
  if (last > first)
    x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x, row, area,
		   first - row->glyphs[area],
		   last - row->glyphs[area],
		   row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
		   NULL, NULL);
}
      

/* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
   rectangle R.  R is in window-relative coordinates.  */

static void
expose_line (w, row, r)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     XRectangle *r;
{
  xassert (row->enabled_p);
  
  if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
    x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
		   row->inverse_p ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO : DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
		   NULL, NULL);
  else
    {
      if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
	expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
      if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
	expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
      if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
	expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
      x_draw_row_bitmaps (w, row);
    }
}


/* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R.  */

static int
x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
     struct window *w;
     XRectangle *r;
{
  XRectangle cr, result;
  struct glyph *cursor_glyph;

  cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
  if (cursor_glyph)
    {
      cr.x = w->phys_cursor.x;
      cr.y = w->phys_cursor.y;
      cr.width = cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
      cr.height = w->phys_cursor_height;
      return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr, r, &result);
    }
  else
    return 0;
}


/* Redraw a rectangle of window W.  R is a rectangle in window
   relative coordinates.  Call this function with input blocked.  */

static void
expose_window (w, r)
     struct window *w;
     XRectangle *r;
{
  struct glyph_row *row;
  int y;
  int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
  int cursor_cleared_p;

  TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
	  r->x, r->y, r->width, r->height));

  /* Convert to window coordinates.  */
  r->x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r->x);
  r->y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);

  /* Turn off the cursor.  */
  if (!w->pseudo_window_p
      && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r))
    {
      x_clear_cursor (w);
      cursor_cleared_p = 1;
    }
  else
    cursor_cleared_p = 0;

  /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R.  */
  row = w->current_matrix->rows;
  y = 0;
  while (row->enabled_p
	 && y < yb
	 && y + row->height < r->y)
    {
      y += row->height;
      ++row;
    }
	
  /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time.  */
  while (row->enabled_p
	 && y < yb
	 && y < r->y + r->height)
    {
      expose_line (w, row, r);
      y += row->height;
      ++row;
    }

  /* Display the mode line if there is one.  */
  if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
      && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
	  row->enabled_p)
      && row->y < r->y + r->height)
    expose_line (w, row, r);

  if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
    {
      /* Draw border between windows.  */
      x_draw_vertical_border (w);
      
      /* Turn the cursor on again.  */
      if (cursor_cleared_p)
	x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
    }
}


/* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2.  Return
   the intersection in *RESULT.  Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
   empty.  */

static int
x_intersect_rectangles (r1, r2, result)
     XRectangle *r1, *r2, *result;
{
  XRectangle *left, *right;
  XRectangle *upper, *lower;
  int intersection_p = 0;
  
  /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle.  */
  if (r1->x < r2->x)
    left = r1, right = r2;
  else
    left = r2, right = r1;

  /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
     otherwise there is no intersection.  */
  if (right->x <= left->x + left->width)
    {
      result->x = right->x;
      
      /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
	 the right ends of left and right.  */
      result->width = (min (left->x + left->width, right->x + right->width)
		       - result->x);

      /* Same game for Y.  */
      if (r1->y < r2->y)
	upper = r1, lower = r2;
      else
	upper = r2, lower = r1;

      /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
	 of upper.  Otherwise, there is no intersection.  */
      if (lower->y <= upper->y + upper->height)
	{
	  result->y = lower->y;
	  
	  /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
	     ends of upper and lower.  */
	  result->height = (min (lower->y + lower->height, 
				 upper->y + upper->height)
			    - result->y);
	  intersection_p = 1;
	}
    }

  return intersection_p;
}





static void
frame_highlight (f)
     struct frame *f;
{

			  f->output_data.x->border_tile);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  x_update_cursor (f, 1);
}

/* The focus has changed.  Update the frames as necessary to reflect
   the new situation.  Note that we can't change the selected frame
   here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
   Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
   Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events.  */

x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     struct frame *frame;
{
  struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;

  if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    {
      /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
	 the correct value of x_focus_frame.  */

  x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame);
}

/* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
   another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
   mini-buffer frame).  Shift the highlight as appropriate.

   The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
   frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
   the appropriate X display info.  */

static void
XTframe_rehighlight (frame)
     struct frame *frame;
{
  x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));

	frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
      if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
	frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
    }
}



/* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc.  */

/* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning.  */
static void
x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;

  mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display);

  /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
     Alt keysyms are on.  */
  {
    int row, col;	/* The row and column in the modifier table.  */

    for (row = 3; row < 8; row++)
      for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++)
	{
	  KeyCode code

  XFreeModifiermap (mods);
}

/* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
   Emacs uses.  */

static unsigned int
x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     unsigned int state;
{

  value = XKeysymToString (keysym);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  return value;
}



/* Mouse clicks and mouse movement.  Rah.  */

/* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
   co-ordinates in (*X, *Y).  Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
   glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.  If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
   not force the value into range.  */

void
pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     register int pix_x, pix_y;
     register int *x, *y;
     XRectangle *bounds;
     int noclip;
{
  /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc.  to round down
     even for negative values.  */
  if (pix_x < 0)
    pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1;
  if (pix_y < 0)
    pix_y -= (f)->output_data.x->line_height - 1;

  *x = pix_x;
  *y = pix_y;
}


/* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
   frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y.  If we
   can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
   return 0.  */

int
glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
     struct window *w;
     int hpos, vpos;
     int *frame_x, *frame_y;
{
  int success_p;

  xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
  xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);

  if (display_completed)
    {
      struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
      struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
      struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);

      *frame_y = row->y;
      *frame_x = row->x;
      while (glyph < end)
	{
	  *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
	  ++glyph;
	}

      success_p = 1;
    }
  else
    {
      *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
      success_p = 0;
    }

  *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
  *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
  return success_p;
}


/* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.

   If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
   the mouse.  */

					       event->state)
		       | (event->type == ButtonRelease
			  ? up_modifier
			  : down_modifier));

  XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
  XSETINT (result->y, event->y);
  XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
  return Qnil;
}

#if 0 /* This function isn't called. --gerd  */

/* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.  */

static Lisp_Object
construct_menu_click (result, event, f)

  XSETINT (result->x, event->x);
  XSETINT (result->y, -1);
  XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
}

#endif /* 0 */


/* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
   The input handler calls this.

   We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
   If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
   the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved.  If not, ask for
   another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves.  */

static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event;
static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;

static void
note_mouse_movement (frame, event)
     FRAME_PTR frame;
     XMotionEvent *event;
{
  last_mouse_movement_time = event->time;
  last_mouse_motion_event = *event;
  XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);

  if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame))
    {
      frame->mouse_moved = 1;
      last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
      note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
    }

  /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting?  */
  else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x

	   || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y
	   || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height)
    {
      frame->mouse_moved = 1;
      last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
      note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y);
    }
}

/* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight.  */

 int disable_mouse_highlight;



/************************************************************************
			      Mouse Face
 ************************************************************************/

/* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
   Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
   strings.  Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
   the glyph found.  Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
   Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
   text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
   date.  */

static struct glyph *
x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area)
     struct window *w;
     int x, y;
     int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
{
  struct glyph *glyph, *end;
  struct glyph_row *row;
  int x0, i, left_area_width;

  /* Find row containing Y.  Give up if some row is not enabled.  */
  for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
    {
      row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
      if (!row->enabled_p)
	return NULL;
      if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
	break;
    }

  *vpos = i;
  *hpos = 0;

  /* Give up if Y is not in the window.  */
  if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
    return NULL;

  /* Get the glyph area containing X.  */
  if (w->pseudo_window_p)
    {
      *area = TEXT_AREA;
      x0 = 0;
    }
  else
    {
      left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
      if (x < left_area_width)
	{
	  *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
	  x0 = 0;
	}
      else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
	{
	  *area = TEXT_AREA;
	  x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
	}
      else
	{
	  *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
	  x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
	}
    }

  /* Find glyph containing X.  */
  glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
  end = glyph + row->used[*area];
  while (glyph < end)
    {
      if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
	{
	  if (w->pseudo_window_p)
	    break;
	  else if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
	    break;
	}
      
      x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
      ++glyph;
    }

  if (glyph == end)
    return NULL;

  *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
  return glyph;
}


/* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
   Takes pseudo-windows into account.  */

static void
frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
     struct window *w;
     int *x, *y;
{
  if (w->pseudo_window_p)
    {
      /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
	 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border.  */
      struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
      *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
      *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
    }
  else
    {
      *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
      *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
    }
}


/* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or top line of
   window W, x-position X.  MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
   mode line.  X is relative to the start of the text display area of
   W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted
   to get a position relative to the start of the mode line.  */

static void
note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p)
     struct window *w;
     int x, mode_line_p;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
  struct glyph_row *row;

  if (mode_line_p)
    row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
  else
    row = MATRIX_TOP_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
  
  if (row->enabled_p)
    {
      struct glyph *glyph, *end;
      Lisp_Object help, map;
      int x0;
      
      /* Find the glyph under X.  */
      glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
      end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
      x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
	      + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
      while (glyph < end
	     && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
	{
	  x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
	  ++glyph;
	}

      if (glyph < end
	  && STRINGP (glyph->object)
	  && XSTRING (glyph->object)->intervals
	  && glyph->charpos >= 0
	  && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
	{
	  /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
	     arrange for the help to be displayed.  This is done by
	     setting the global variable help_echo to the help string.  */
	  help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
				     Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
	  if (STRINGP (help))
	    help_echo = help;

	  /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y.  */
	  map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
				    Qlocal_map, glyph->object);
	  if (!NILP (Fkeymapp (map)))
	    cursor = f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor;
	}
    }

  XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
}


/* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
   frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
   properties.  Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
   X and Y can be negative or out of range.  */

static void
note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y;
{
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  int portion;
  Lisp_Object window;
  struct window *w;

  /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd.  */
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  if (popup_activated ())
    return;
#endif

  if (disable_mouse_highlight)
    return;

  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;

  if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
    return;

  if (gc_in_progress)
    {
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
      return;
    }

  /* Which window is that in?  */
  window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);

  /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that.  */
  if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
    clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);

  /* Not on a window -> return.  */
  if (!WINDOWP (window))
    return;

  /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates.  */
  w = XWINDOW (window);
  frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);

  /* Handle toolbar window differently since it doesn't display a
     buffer.  */
  if (EQ (window, f->toolbar_window))
    {
      note_toolbar_highlight (f, x, y);
      return;
    }

  if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
    {
      /* Mouse is on the mode or top line.  */
      note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1);
      return;
    }
  else
    XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   f->output_data.x->text_cursor);

  /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
     And verify the buffer's text has not changed.  */
  if (/* Within text portion of the window.  */
      portion == 0
      && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
      && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
      && (XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified)
	  == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))))
    {
      int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
      struct glyph *glyph;

      /* Find the glyph under X/Y.  */
      glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area);

      /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text.  */
      if (glyph == NULL
	  || area != TEXT_AREA
	  || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
	{
	  clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
	  return;
	}

      pos = glyph->charpos;
      xassert (w->pseudo_window_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object));

      /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo.  */
      {
	Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
	Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
	int len, noverlays;
	struct buffer *obuf;
	int obegv, ozv;

	/* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error.  */
	if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
	  return;

	/* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
	   overlays_at and compute_char_face.  */
	obuf = current_buffer;
	current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
	obegv = BEGV;
	ozv = ZV;
	BEGV = BEG;
	ZV = Z;

	/* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo?  */
	XSETINT (position, pos);

	/* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
	   Store the length in len.  If there are more than 10, make
	   enough space for all, and try again.  */
	len = 10;
	overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
	noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL);
	if (noverlays > len)
	  {
	    len = noverlays;
	    overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
	    noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL);
	  }
	  
	noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);

	/* Check mouse-face highlighting.  */
	if (! (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
	       && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
	       && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
	       && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
		   || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
	       && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
		   || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
		   || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end)))
	  {
	    /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any.  */
	    clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);

	    /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop.  */
	    overlay = Qnil;
	    for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
	      {
		mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
		if (!NILP (mouse_face))
		  {
		    overlay = overlay_vec[i];
		    break;
		  }
	      }

	    /* If no overlay applies, get a text property.  */
	    if (NILP (overlay))
	      mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);

	    /* Handle the overlay case.  */
	    if (! NILP (overlay))
	      {
		/* Find the range of text around this char that
		   should be active.  */
		Lisp_Object before, after;
		int ignore;

		before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
		after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
		/* Record this as the current active region.  */
		fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
		dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
		  = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
		dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
		dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
		  = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
					     &ignore, pos + 1, 1);

		/* Display it as active.  */
		show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
	      }
	    /* Handle the text property case.  */
	    else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
	      {
		/* Find the range of text around this char that
		   should be active.  */
		Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
		int ignore;

		beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
		XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
			       - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
		before
		  = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
						      Qmouse_face,
						      w->buffer, beginning);
		after
		  = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
						  w->buffer, end);
		/* Record this as the current active region.  */
		fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
				    &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y);
		dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
		  = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
					 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y);
		dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
		dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
		  = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
					     &ignore, pos + 1, 1);

		/* Display it as active.  */
		show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
	      }
	  }

	/* Look for a `help-echo' property.  */
	{
	  Lisp_Object help;

	  /* Check overlays first.  */
	  help = Qnil;
	  for (i = 0; i < noverlays && !STRINGP (help); ++i)
	    help = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qhelp_echo); 
	    
	  /* Try text properties.  */
	  if (!STRINGP (help)
	      && ((STRINGP (glyph->object)
		   && glyph->charpos >= 0
		   && glyph->charpos < XSTRING (glyph->object)->size)
		  || (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
		      && glyph->charpos >= BEGV
		      && glyph->charpos < ZV)))
	    help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
				       Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
	    
	  if (STRINGP (help))
	    help_echo = help;
	}
	  
	BEGV = obegv;
	ZV = ozv;
	current_buffer = obuf;
      }
    }
}

static void
redo_mouse_highlight ()
{
  if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
      && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
    note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
			  last_mouse_motion_event.x,
			  last_mouse_motion_event.y);
}



/***********************************************************************
			       Toolbars
 ***********************************************************************/

static int x_toolbar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
			       struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));

/* Toolbar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
   or -1.  */

static int last_toolbar_item;


/* Get information about the toolbar item at position X/Y on frame F.
   Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the toolbar item in
   the current matrix of the toolbar window of F, or NULL if not
   on a toolbar item.  Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the toolbar
   item in F->current_toolbar_items.  Value is

   -1	if X/Y is not on a toolbar item
   0	if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
   1	otherwise.  */

static int
x_toolbar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y;
     struct glyph **glyph;
     int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
{
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window);
  int area;

  /* Find the glyph under X/Y.  */
  *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area);
  if (*glyph == NULL)
    return -1;

  /* Get the start of this toolbar item's properties in
     f->current_toolbar_items.  */
  if (!toolbar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
    return -1;

  /* Is mouse on the highlighted item?  */
  if (EQ (f->toolbar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
      && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
      && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
      && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
	  || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
      && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
	  || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
	  || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
    return 0;
  
  return 1;
}


/* Handle mouse button event on the toolbar of frame F, at
   frame-relative coordinates X/Y.  EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
   or ButtonRelase.  */

static void
x_handle_toolbar_click (f, button_event)
     struct frame *f;
     XButtonEvent *button_event;
{
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window);
  int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
  struct glyph *glyph;
  Lisp_Object enabled_p;
  int x = button_event->x;
  int y = button_event->y;
  
  /* If not on the highlighted toolbar item, return.  */
  frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
  if (x_toolbar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
    return;

  /* If item is disabled, do nothing.  */
  enabled_p = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
	       ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P]);
  if (NILP (enabled_p))
    return;
  
  if (button_event->type == ButtonPress)
    {
      /* Show item in pressed state.  */
      show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
      last_toolbar_item = prop_idx;
    }
  else
    {
      Lisp_Object key, frame;
      struct input_event event;

      /* Show item in released state.  */
      show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;

      key = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
	     ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_KEY]);

      XSETFRAME (frame, f);
      event.kind = TOOLBAR_EVENT;
      event.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qtoolbar, Qnil));
      kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);

      event.kind = TOOLBAR_EVENT;
      event.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, key);
      event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
						button_event->state);
      kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
      last_toolbar_item = -1;
    }
}


/* Possibly highlight a toolbar item on frame F when mouse moves to
   toolbar window-relative coordinates X/Y.  Called from
   note_mouse_highlight.  */

static void
note_toolbar_highlight (f, x, y)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y;
{
  Lisp_Object window = f->toolbar_window;
  struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  int hpos, vpos;
  struct glyph *glyph;
  struct glyph_row *row;
  int i, j, area;
  Lisp_Object enabled_p;
  int prop_idx;
  enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
  int on_highlight_p, mouse_down_p, rc;

  /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
     values when mouse moves outside of the frame.  */
  if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
    {
      clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
      return;
    }

  rc = x_toolbar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
  if (rc < 0)
    {
      /* Not on toolbar item.  */
      clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
      return;
    }
  else if (rc == 0)
    /* On same toolbar item as before.  */
    goto set_help_echo;

  clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
  
  /* Mouse is down, but on different toolbar item?  */
  mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
		  && f == last_mouse_frame
		  && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
  if (mouse_down_p
      && last_toolbar_item != prop_idx)
    return;

  dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
  draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
  
  /* If toolbar item is not enabled, don't highlight it.  */
  enabled_p = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
	       ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P]);
  if (!NILP (enabled_p))
    {
      /* Compute the x-position of the glyph.  In front and past the
	 image is a space.  We include this is the highlighted area.  */
      row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
      for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
	x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
      
      /* Record this as the current active region.  */
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
      
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOLBAR_FACE_ID;
      
      /* Display it as active.  */
      show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
    }
      
 set_help_echo:
  
  /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this toolbar item.
     XTread_socket does the rest.  */
  help_echo = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
	       ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_HELP]);
  if (!STRINGP (help_echo))
    help_echo = (XVECTOR (f->current_toolbar_items)
		 ->contents[prop_idx + TOOLBAR_ITEM_CAPTION]);
}



/* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W.
   *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found.  W's
   current glyphs must be up to date.  If POS is above window start
   return (0, 0, 0, 0).  If POS is after end of W, return end of
   last line in W.  */

static int
fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y)
     struct window *w;
     int pos;
     int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
{
  int i;
  int lastcol;
  int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
  int line_start_position;
  int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
  struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, 0);
  struct glyph_row *best_row = row;
  int row_vpos = 0, best_row_vpos = 0;
  int current_x;

  while (row->y < yb)
    {
      if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
	line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
      else
	line_start_position = 0;

      if (line_start_position > pos)
	break;
      /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
	 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window.  */
      else if (line_start_position == pos
	       && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
	{
	  maybe_next_line_p = 1;
	  break;
	}
      else if (line_start_position > 0)
	{
	  best_row = row;
	  best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
	}
      
      ++row;
      ++row_vpos;
    }
  
  /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW.  */
  lastcol = 0;
  current_x = best_row->x;
  for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
    {
      struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
      int charpos;

      charpos = glyph->charpos;
      if (charpos == pos)
	{
	  *hpos = i;
	  *vpos = best_row_vpos;
	  *x = current_x;
	  *y = best_row->y;
	  return 1;
	}
      else if (charpos > pos)
	break;
      else if (charpos > 0)
	lastcol = i;

      current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
    }

  /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
     and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
     use the start of the following line.  */
  if (maybe_next_line_p)
    {
      ++best_row;
      ++best_row_vpos;
      lastcol = 0;
      current_x = best_row->x;
    }

  *vpos = best_row_vpos;
  *hpos = lastcol + 1;
  *x = current_x;
  *y = best_row->y;
  return 0;
}


/* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
   in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0.  */

static void
show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
{
  struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  int i;
  int cursor_off_p = 0;
  struct cursor_pos saved_cursor;

  saved_cursor = output_cursor;
  
  /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
     to do anything.  */
  if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
    goto set_x_cursor;

  /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
     anymore.  This can happen when a window is split.  */
  if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
    goto set_x_cursor;

  set_output_cursor (&w->phys_cursor);

  /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative.  */
  for (i = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row;
       i <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row;
       i++)
    {
      int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
      struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);

      /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents.  */
      if (!row->enabled_p)
	continue;

      /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0.  */
      if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row)
	{
	  start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
	  start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
	}
      else
	{
	  start_hpos = 0;
	  start_x = 0;
	}

      if (i == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row)
	end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
      else
	end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];

      /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the
	 cursor off.  */
      if (!w->pseudo_window_p
	  && i == output_cursor.vpos
	  && output_cursor.hpos >= start_hpos - 1
	  && output_cursor.hpos <= end_hpos)
	{
	  x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
	  cursor_off_p = 1;
	}

      if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
	x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, updated_area, 
		       start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, NULL, NULL);
    }

  /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on.  */
  if (cursor_off_p)
    x_display_cursor (w, 1,
		      output_cursor.hpos, output_cursor.vpos,
		      output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);

  output_cursor = saved_cursor;

 set_x_cursor:
  
  /* Change the mouse cursor.  */
  if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
    XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
  else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
    XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
  else
    XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		   f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
}

/* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
   Redraw it un-highlighted first.  */

void
clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
{
  if (tip_frame)
    return;
  
  if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
    show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);

  dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
}

   If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
   mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
   the mouse is over.

   Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
   was at this position.

   Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.

   This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse

      /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
	 containing the pointer.  */
      {
	Window win, child;
	int win_x, win_y;
	int parent_x = 0, parent_y = 0;
	int count;

	win = root;

	/* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window

	if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
	  f1 = selected_frame;

	if (f1)
	  {
	    /* Ok, we found a frame.  Store all the values.
	       last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
	       generation of mouse events.  To not miss any motion
	       events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
	       size of the smallest character that could be displayed
	       on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
	       the frame are divided into.  */

#if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
	    int ignore1, ignore2;
	    pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
				   &last_mouse_glyph,
				   FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
				   || insist);
#else
	    {
	      int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
	      int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
	      int x = win_x;
	      int y = win_y;
	      
	      /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
		 round down even for negative values.  */
	      if (x < 0)
		x -= width - 1;
	      if (y < 0)
		y -= height - 1;
	      
	      last_mouse_glyph.width  = width;
	      last_mouse_glyph.height = height;
	      last_mouse_glyph.x = (x + width - 1) / width * width;
	      last_mouse_glyph.y = (y + height - 1) / height * height;
	    }
#endif

	    *bar_window = Qnil;
	    *part = 0;
	    *fp = f1;
	    XSETINT (*x, win_x);

      }
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


DEFUN ("xt-process-timeouts", Fxt_process_timeouts, Sxt_process_timeouts,
       0, 0, 0,
  "Arrange for Xt timeout callbacks to be called.")
  ()
{
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con) & XtIMTimer)
    XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con, XtIMTimer);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
  
  return Qnil;
}



/* Scroll bar support.  */

/* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
   This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
   bits.  */
static struct scroll_bar *
x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
     Window window_id;
{
  Lisp_Object tail;

  for (tail = Vframe_list;
       XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
       tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
    {

    }

  return 0;
}



/************************************************************************
			 Toolkit scroll bars
 ************************************************************************/

#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS

static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event P_ ((XEvent *, struct input_event *));
static void x_send_scroll_bar_event P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int));
static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar P_ ((struct frame *,
					     struct scroll_bar *));
static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb P_ ((struct scroll_bar *,
						int, int, int));


/* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars.  */

static XtActionHookId action_hook_id;

/* Lisp window being scrolled.  Set when starting to interact with
   a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction.  */

static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled;

/* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback.  */

static int last_scroll_bar_part;


/* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
   bars are used..  The hoos is responsible for detecting when
   the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
   a `end-scroll' scroll_bar_click' event if so.  */

static void
xt_action_hook (widget, client_data, action_name, event, params,
		num_params)
     Widget widget;
     XtPointer client_data;
     String action_name;
     XEvent *event;
     String *params;
     Cardinal *num_params;
{
  int scroll_bar_p;
  char *end_action;
  
#ifdef USE_MOTIF
  scroll_bar_p = XmIsScrollBar (widget);
  end_action = "Release";
#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
  scroll_bar_p = XtIsSubclass (widget, scrollbarWidgetClass);
  end_action = "EndScroll";
#else
#error unknown scroll bar toolkit
#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */

  /* Although LessTif uses XtTimeouts like Xaw3d, the timer hack to
     let Xt timeouts be processed doesn't work.  */
  if (scroll_bar_p
      && strcmp (action_name, end_action) == 0
      && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled))
    {
      struct window *w;
      
      x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled,
			       scroll_bar_end_scroll, 0, 0);
      w = XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled);
      XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging = Qnil;
      window_being_scrolled = Qnil;
      last_scroll_bar_part = -1;
    }
}


/* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
   scroll action to the frame of WINDOW.  PART is a value identifying
   the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on.  PORTION is the
   amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE.  */

static void
x_send_scroll_bar_event (window, part, portion, whole)
     Lisp_Object window;
     int part, portion, whole;
{
  XEvent event;
  XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) &event;
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame);

  /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame.  */
  ev->type = ClientMessage;
  ev->message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_Scrollbar;
  ev->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
  ev->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
  ev->format = 32;
  ev->data.l[0] = (long) window;
  ev->data.l[1] = (long) part;
  ev->data.l[2] = (long) 0;
  ev->data.l[3] = (long) portion;
  ev->data.l[4] = (long) whole;

  /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
     be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
     window no longer exists, no event will be sent.  */
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), False, 0, &event);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
   in *IEVENT.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event, ievent)
     XEvent *event;
     struct input_event *ievent;
{
  XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) event;
  Lisp_Object window = (Lisp_Object) ev->data.l[0];
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame);
  
  ievent->kind = scroll_bar_click;
  ievent->frame_or_window = window;
  ievent->timestamp = XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
  ievent->part = ev->data.l[1];
  ievent->code = ev->data.l[2];
  ievent->x = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[3]);
  ievent->y = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[4]);
  ievent->modifiers = 0;
}


#ifdef USE_MOTIF

/* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars.  */

#define XM_SB_MIN 1
#define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
#define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN)


/* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars.  WIDGET is the scroll
   bar widget.  CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
   CALL_DATA is a pointer a a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct.  */

static void
xm_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
     Widget widget;
     XtPointer client_data, call_data;
{
  struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
  XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *cs = (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *) call_data;
  double percent;
  int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0;

  switch (cs->reason)
    {
    case XmCR_DECREMENT:
      bar->dragging = Qnil;
      part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
      break;

    case XmCR_INCREMENT:
      bar->dragging = Qnil;
      part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
      break;

    case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT:
      bar->dragging = Qnil;
      part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
      break;

    case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT:
      bar->dragging = Qnil;
      part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
      break;

    case XmCR_TO_TOP:
      bar->dragging = Qnil;
      part = scroll_bar_to_top;
      break;
      
    case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM:
      bar->dragging = Qnil;
      part = scroll_bar_to_bottom;
      break;

    case XmCR_DRAG:
      {
	int slider_size;
	int dragging_down_p = (INTEGERP (bar->dragging)
			       && XINT (bar->dragging) <= cs->value);

	/* Get the slider size.  */
	BLOCK_INPUT;
	XtVaGetValues (widget, XmNsliderSize, &slider_size, NULL);
	UNBLOCK_INPUT;

	/* At the max position of the scroll bar, do a line-wise
	   movement.  Without doing anything, the LessTif scroll bar
	   calls us with the same cs->value again and again.  If we
	   want to make sure that we can reach the end of the buffer,
	   we have to do something.

	   Implementation note: setting bar->dragging always to
	   cs->value gives a smoother movement at the max position.
	   Setting it to nil when doing line-wise movement gives
	   a better slider behavior. */
	
	if (cs->value + slider_size == XM_SB_MAX
	    || (dragging_down_p
		&& last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow))
	  {
	    part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
	    bar->dragging = Qnil;
	  }
	else
	  {
	    whole = XM_SB_RANGE;
	    portion = min (cs->value - XM_SB_MIN, XM_SB_MAX - slider_size);
	    part = scroll_bar_handle;
	    bar->dragging = make_number (cs->value);
	  }
      }
      break;
      
    case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED:
      break;
    };

  if (part >= 0)
    {
      window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
      last_scroll_bar_part = part;
      x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole);
    }
}


#else /* not USE_MOTIF, i.e. XAW3D.  */


/* Xaw3d scroll bar callback.  Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
   WIDGET is the scroll bar widget.  CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
   scroll bar struct.  CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
   the thumb is.  */

static void
xaw3d_jump_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
     Widget widget;
     XtPointer client_data, call_data;
{
  struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
  float top = *(float *) call_data;
  float shown;
  int whole, portion;
  int dragging_down_p, part;
  double epsilon = 0.01;

  /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1.  */
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNshown, &shown, NULL);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  whole = 10000000;
  portion = shown < 1 ? top * whole : 0;
  dragging_down_p = (INTEGERP (bar->dragging)
		     && XINT (bar->dragging) < portion);

  if (shown < 1
      && (abs (top + shown - 1) < epsilon
	  || (dragging_down_p
	      && last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)))
    part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
  else
    part = scroll_bar_handle;

  window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
  bar->dragging = make_number (portion);
  last_scroll_bar_part = part;
  x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole);
}


/* Xaw3d scroll bar callback.  Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
   i.e. line or page up or down.  WIDGET is the Xaw3d scroll bar
   widget.  CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
   the scroll bar.  CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
   has taken place.  It's magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
   scroll bar.  Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
   Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement.  */

static void
xaw3d_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data)
     Widget widget;
     XtPointer client_data, call_data;
{
  struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data;
  int position = (int) call_data;
  Dimension height;
  int part;

  /* Get the height of the scroll bar.  */
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  if (position < 0)
    {
      if (abs (position) < height)
	part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
      else
	part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
    }
  else
    {
      if (abs (position) < height)
	part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
      else
	part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
    }

  window_being_scrolled = bar->window;
  bar->dragging = Qnil;
  last_scroll_bar_part = part;
  x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, 0, 0);
}


#endif /* not USE_MOTIF */


/* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F.  Record the widget
   and X window of the scroll bar in BAR.  */

static void
x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar)
     struct frame *f;
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
{
  Window xwindow;
  Widget widget;
  Arg av[20];
  int ac = 0;
  char *scroll_bar_name = "verticalScrollBar";
  unsigned long pixel;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

#ifdef USE_MOTIF
  /* LessTif 0.85, problems:

     1. When the mouse if over the scroll bar, the scroll bar will
     get keyboard events.  I didn't find a way to turn this off.

     2. Do we have to explicitly set the cursor to get an arrow
     cursor (see below)?  */
  
  /* Set resources.  Create the widget.  */
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNminimum, XM_SB_MIN); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNmaximum, XM_SB_MAX); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNorientation, XmVERTICAL); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNprocessingDirection, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM), ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNincrement, 1); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNpageIncrement, 1); ++ac;

  pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel;
  if (pixel != -1)
    {
      XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNforeground, pixel);
      ++ac;
    }
  
  pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
  if (pixel != -1)
    {
      XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNbackground, pixel);
      ++ac;
    }
  
  widget = XmCreateScrollBar (f->output_data.x->edit_widget,
			      scroll_bar_name, av, ac);

  /* Add one callback for everything that can happen.  */
  XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdragCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  XtAddCallback (widget, XmNincrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageDecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageIncrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoBottomCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoTopCallback, xm_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  
  /* Realize the widget.  Only after that is the X window created.  */
  XtRealizeWidget (widget);

  /* Set the cursor to an arrow.  I didn't find a resource to do that.
     And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default.  */
  XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget), XtWindow (widget),
		 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
  
#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
  
  /* Set resources.  Create the widget.  The background of the
     Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
     We don't alter it here to let users change it according
     to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'.  */
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNorientation, XtorientVertical); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNcursorName, "left_ptr"); ++ac;
  XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True); ++ac;
  
  pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel;
  if (pixel != -1)
    {
      XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNforeground, pixel);
      ++ac;
    }
  
  pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
  if (pixel != -1)
    {
      XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbackground, pixel);
      ++ac;
    }
  
  widget = XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name, scrollbarWidgetClass,
			   f->output_data.x->edit_widget, av, ac);
  
  /* Define callbacks.  */
  XtAddCallback (widget, XtNjumpProc, xaw3d_jump_callback, (XtPointer) bar);
  XtAddCallback (widget, XtNscrollProc, xaw3d_scroll_callback,
		 (XtPointer) bar);
  
  /* Realize the widget.  Only after that is the X window created.  */
  XtRealizeWidget (widget);
  
#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */

  /* Install an action hook that let's us detect when the user
     finishes interacting with a scroll bar.  */
  if (action_hook_id == 0)
    action_hook_id = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con, xt_action_hook, 0);
  
  /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector.  */
  SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar, widget);
  xwindow = XtWindow (widget);
  SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, xwindow);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR.  We are currently
   displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION.  */

static void
x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int portion, position, whole;
{
  float top, shown;
  Arg av[2];
  Widget widget = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar);

  if (whole == 0)
    top = 0, shown = 1;
  else
    {
      top = (float) position / whole;
      shown = (float) portion / whole;
    }

  BLOCK_INPUT;

#ifdef USE_MOTIF
  {
    int size, value;
    Boolean arrow1_selected, arrow2_selected;
    unsigned char flags;
    XmScrollBarWidget sb;

    /* Slider size.  Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where NAX
       is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
       value.  */
    size = shown * XM_SB_RANGE;
    size = min (size, XM_SB_RANGE);
    size = max (size, 1);

    /* Position.  Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE].  */
    value = top * XM_SB_RANGE;
    value = min (value, XM_SB_MAX - size);
    value = max (value, XM_SB_MIN);

    /* LessTif: Calling XmScrollBarSetValues after an increment or
       decrement turns off auto-repeat LessTif-internally.  This can
       be seen in ScrollBar.c which resets Arrow1Selected and
       Arrow2Selected.  It also sets internal flags so that LessTif
       believes the mouse is in the slider.  We either have to change
       our code, or work around that by accessing private data. */

    sb = (XmScrollBarWidget) widget;
    arrow1_selected = sb->scrollBar.arrow1_selected;
    arrow2_selected = sb->scrollBar.arrow2_selected;
    flags = sb->scrollBar.flags;
    
    if (NILP (bar->dragging))
      XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, size, 0, 0, False);
    else if (last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)
      /* This has the negative side effect that the slider value is
	 not would it would be if we scrolled here using line-wise or
	 page-wise movement.  */
      XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, XM_SB_RANGE - value, 0, 0, False);
    else
      {
	/* If currently dragging, only update the slider size.
	   This reduces flicker effects.  */
	int old_value, old_size, increment, page_increment;
	
	XmScrollBarGetValues (widget, &old_value, &old_size,
			      &increment, &page_increment);
	XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, old_value,
			      min (size, XM_SB_RANGE - old_value),
			      0, 0, False);
      }
    
    sb->scrollBar.arrow1_selected = arrow1_selected;
    sb->scrollBar.arrow2_selected = arrow2_selected;
    sb->scrollBar.flags = flags;
  }
#elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
  {
    /* Restrict to [0 1].  */
    top = max (0, min (1, top));
    shown = max (0, min (1, shown));

    /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
       check that your system's configuration file contains a define
       for `NARROWPROTO'.  See s/freebsd.h for an example.  */
    if (NILP (bar->dragging))
      XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown);
    else
      {
	ScrollbarWidget sb = (ScrollbarWidget) widget;
	int scroll_mode = sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode;

	sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 0;
	
	if (last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow)
	  XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, 1 - top);
	else
	  {
	    float old_top;
	    XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNtopOfThumb, &old_top, NULL);
	    XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, old_top, min (shown, 1 - old_top));
	  }
	
	sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = scroll_mode;
      }
  }
#endif /* HAVE_XAW3D */

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

#endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */



/************************************************************************
			 Scroll bars, general
 ************************************************************************/
									 
/* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it.  W is
   the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
   WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
   scroll bar. */

static struct scroll_bar *
x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
     struct window *w;
     int top, left, width, height;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  Arg av[10];
#endif
  int ac = 0;
  Window window;
  struct scroll_bar *bar
    = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));

  BLOCK_INPUT;

#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar);
#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
  {
    XSetWindowAttributes a;
    unsigned long mask;

    a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel;
    if (a.background_pixel == -1)
      a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel;
    
    a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask
		    | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask
		    | ExposureMask);
    a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;

    mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor);

    /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar.  This is
       for the case that a window has been split horizontally.  In
       this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering.  */
    XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		left, top, width,
		window_box_height (w), False);

    window = XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
			    /* Position and size of scroll bar.  */
			    left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
			    top,
			    width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
			    height,
			    /* Border width, depth, class, and visual.  */
			     0,
			    CopyFromParent,
			    CopyFromParent,
			    CopyFromParent,
			     /* Attributes.  */
			    mask, &a);
    SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, window);
  }
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */

  XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
  XSETINT (bar->top, top);
  XSETINT (bar->left, left);
  XSETINT (bar->width, width);
  XSETINT (bar->height, height);
  XSETINT (bar->start, 0);

  /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars.  */
  bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
  bar->prev = Qnil;
  XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
  if (!NILP (bar->next))
    XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);

  /* Map the window/widget.  */
#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  XtMapWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar));
  XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar),
		     left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
		     top,
		     width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
		     height, 0);
#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
  XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  return bar;
}


/* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
   
   If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
   redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
   redraw it.  (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
   events.)

   Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
   fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
   bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
   the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
   to move to the very end of the buffer.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int start, end;
     int rebuild;
{
#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
  Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
  GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;

		  VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
		  VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER,
		  inside_width, start,
		  False);

    /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified.  */
    if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1)
      XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
		      f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel);

    /* Draw the handle itself.  */
    XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,

		    /* x, y, width, height */
		    VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER,
		    VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start,
		    inside_width, end - start);

    /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above.  */
    if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1)
      XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc,
		      f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);

    /* Draw the empty space below the handle.  Note that we can't
       clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
    if (end < inside_height)
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w,

		  False);

  }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
}


/* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
   nil.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
{
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));

  BLOCK_INPUT;

#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar));
#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
  XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar));
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
  
  /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window.  */
  XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
   that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
   characters, starting at POSITION.  If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
   create one.  */

static void
XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
     struct window *w;
     int portion, whole, position;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  struct scroll_bar *bar;
  int pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height;
  int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
  int scroll_bar_area_width;

  window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
  
  /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixel-wise?  */
  pixel_top = window_y;
  pixel_height = window_height;

  /* The width of the scroll bar itself.  */
  pixel_width = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
		 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
		 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)
		    * FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f))));

  /* The width on the screen reserved for the scroll bar plus maybe
     some empty room at both sides of the scroll bar.  */
  scroll_bar_area_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);

  if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
    pixel_left = (window_x
		  + window_width
		  + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
		  + scroll_bar_area_width
		  - pixel_width + 1);
  else
    pixel_left = (window_x
		  - FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f)
		  - scroll_bar_area_width);

  /* Does the scroll bar exist yet?  */
  if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
    bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width,
			       pixel_height);
  else
    {
      /* It may just need to be moved and resized.  */
      unsigned int mask = 0;
      
      bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);

      BLOCK_INPUT;

      if (pixel_left != XINT (bar->left))
	mask |= CWX;
      if (pixel_top != XINT (bar->top))
	mask |= CWY;
      if (pixel_width != XINT (bar->width))
	mask |= CWWidth;
      if (pixel_height != XINT (bar->height))	
	mask |= CWHeight;
      
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
      
      if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
	{
	  XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      pixel_left + pixel_width - scroll_bar_area_width,
		      pixel_top,
		      (scroll_bar_area_width
		       - pixel_width
		       + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
		      pixel_height, False);
	  XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      (pixel_left
		       + pixel_width
		       - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
		      pixel_top,
		      VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
		      pixel_height, False);
	}
      else
	{
	  XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      pixel_left, pixel_top,
		      VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, pixel_height, False);
	  XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		      (pixel_left
		       + pixel_width
		       - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
		      pixel_top,
		      (scroll_bar_area_width
		       - pixel_width
		       + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
		      pixel_height, False);
	}

      /* Move/size the scroll bar widget.  */
      if (mask)
	XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar),
			   pixel_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
			   pixel_top,
			   pixel_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
			   pixel_height, 0);

#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
  
      /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar.  This makes sure a
	 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
	 example.  Non-toolkit scroll bars are as wide as the area
	 reserved for scroll bars - trim at both sides.  */
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		  pixel_left, pixel_top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
		  pixel_height, False);
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		  (pixel_left
		   + pixel_width
		   - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM),
		  pixel_top,
		  VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
		  pixel_height, False);
      
      /* Move/size the scroll bar window.  */
      if (mask)
	{
	  XWindowChanges wc;
	  
	  wc.x = pixel_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
	  wc.y = pixel_top;
	  wc.width = pixel_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2;
	  wc.height = pixel_height;
	  XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar),
			    mask, &wc);
	}
  
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */

      /* Remember new settings.  */
      XSETINT (bar->left, pixel_left);
      XSETINT (bar->top, pixel_top);
      XSETINT (bar->width, pixel_width);
      XSETINT (bar->height, pixel_height);
      
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }

#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
  /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
     dragged.  */
  if (NILP (bar->dragging))
    {
      int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, pixel_height);

	x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
      else
	{
	  int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole;
	  int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole;
	  x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
	}
    }
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */

  XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
}


/* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
   redisplay of the frame.  We don't explicitly know which scroll bars

   that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
   from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window.  */

/* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
   to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'.  A scroll bar may be spared if
   `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment.  */

static void
XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
     FRAME_PTR frame;
{
  /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS.  */

	XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
      FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
    }
}

/* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
   Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all.  */
static void
XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
     struct window *window;
{

  }
}

/* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
   last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'.  */

static void
XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
     FRAME_PTR f;
{
  Lisp_Object bar, next;

  /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
     and they should get garbage-collected.  */
}


/* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar.  This
   is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     XEvent *event;
{
#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS

  Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
  GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc;
  int width_trim = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1);

  /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar.  */
  XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc,

		  /* x, y, width, height */
		  0, 0,
		  XINT (bar->width) - 1 - width_trim - width_trim,
		  XINT (bar->height) - 1);
    
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
}

/* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR.  If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
   is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     XEvent *event;
     struct input_event *emacs_event;

	  ? up_modifier
	  : down_modifier));
  emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
  emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time;
  {
#if 0
    FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
    int internal_height
      = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
#endif
    int top_range
      = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
    int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;

    if (y < 0) y = 0;

/* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     XEvent *event;
{

    }
}

/* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
   on the scroll bar.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
     FRAME_PTR *fp;
     Lisp_Object *bar_window;
     enum scroll_bar_part *part;

		       /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys.  */
		       &dummy_mask))
    ;
  else
    {
#if 0
      int inside_height
	= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height));
#endif
      int top_range
	= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE     (f, XINT (bar->height));

      win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;

void
x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
     FRAME_PTR f;
{
#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  Lisp_Object bar;

  /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
     if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
     But in that case we should not clear them.  */
  if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
    for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
	 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)),
		  0, 0, 0, 0, True);
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
}

/* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event
   loop in xmenu.c.  This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
   when handling menu-bar or pop-up items.  */

int
process_expose_from_menu (event)
     XEvent event;
{
  FRAME_PTR f;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
  int frame_exposed_p = 0;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (event.xexpose.display);
  f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window);

	  f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
	  SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
	}
      else
	{
	  expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window),
			event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
			event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
	  frame_exposed_p = 1;
	}
    }
  else
    {
      struct scroll_bar *bar

      if (bar)
	x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event);
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  return frame_exposed_p;
}

/* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling.  */

struct selection_event_queue

  };

static struct selection_event_queue *queue;

/* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet.  */

static int x_queue_selection_requests;

/* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later.  */

static void
x_queue_event (f, event)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     XEvent *event;
{
  struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp
    = (struct selection_event_queue *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue));

  if (queue_tmp != NULL)
    {
      queue_tmp->event = *event;
      queue_tmp->next = queue;

  while (queue != NULL)
    {
      struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue;
      XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event);
      queue = queue_tmp->next;
      xfree ((char *)queue_tmp);
    }
}

/* Start queuing SelectionRequest events.  */

  x_unqueue_events (display);
}

/* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket.  */

/* Time stamp of enter window event.  This is only used by XTread_socket,
   but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
   sometimes don't work.  */

static Time enter_timestamp;

/* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
   and other tricks known as "compose processing".  _X Window System_
   says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
   me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.

   This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
   given for enter_time stamp, above.  */

static XComposeStatus compose_status;

/* Record the last 100 characters stored
   to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem.  */

static int temp_index;
static short temp_buffer[100];

/* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
   on a particular display.  */

struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error;

/* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
   to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
   We try all the open displays, one by one.
   This variable is used for cycling thru the displays.  */

static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo;

#define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size)					\
     do									\
       {								\
	 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0)			\
           f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event				\
	     = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent));			\
         bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size);	\
         if (numchars >= 1)						\
           {								\
             bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event;			\
             XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);			\
             bufp++;							\
             count++;							\
             numchars--;						\
           }								\
       }								\
     while (0)

#define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
#define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT    SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))

/* Read events coming from the X server.
   This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
   We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.

     /* register */ int numchars;
     int expected;
{
  int count = 0;
  int nbytes = 0;
  XEvent event;
  struct frame *f;
  int event_found = 0;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
  Status status_return;
#endif

  /* So people can tell when we have read the available input.  */
  input_signal_count++;

  if (numchars <= 0)
    abort ();			/* Don't think this happens.  */

  /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
     It's the one communicating on descriptor SD.  */
  for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
    {
#if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it.  */
#ifdef FIOSNBIO
      /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
	 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK.  If O_NDELAY is set,
	 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
	 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE.  */
      fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0);
#endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
#endif

#if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,

	{
	  XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0;
	  x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display);
	}

      while (XPending (dpyinfo->display))
	{
	  XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event);

	  if (display_busy_cursor_p)
	    {
	      /* Setting inhibit_busy_cursor to 2 inhibits busy-cursor
		 display until the next X event is read and we come
		 here again.  Setting it to 1 inhibits busy-cursor
		 display for direct commands.  */
	      if (event.type == MotionNotify
		  || event.type == EnterNotify
		  || (dpyinfo->grabbed
		      && event.type != ButtonRelease))
		inhibit_busy_cursor = 2;
	      else
		inhibit_busy_cursor = 1;
	    }

#ifdef HAVE_X_I18N
	  {
	    struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
						      event.xclient.window);
	    /* The necessity of the following line took me

		      }
		    else if (event.xclient.data.l[0]
			     == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself)
		      {
			/* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
			   something which can reinstate us.  This notifies
			   the session manager, who's looking for such a
			   PropertyNotify.  Can restart processing when
			   a keyboard or mouse event arrives.  */
			if (numchars > 0)
			  {
			    f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
						       event.xclient.window);

		      = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
		    _XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL,
					    &event, NULL);
		  }
#endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
		else if ((event.xclient.message_type
			  == dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE)
			 || (event.xclient.message_type
			     == dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE))
		  {
		    /* Ghostview job completed.  Kill it.  We could
		       reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
		       currently never do because we are interested in
		       images, only, which should have 1 page.  */
		    Window gs_window = (Window) event.xclient.data.l[0];
		    Pixmap pixmap = (Pixmap) event.xclient.data.l[1];
		    struct frame *f
		      = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window);
		    x_kill_gs_process (pixmap, f);
		    expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0);
		  }
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
		/* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
		   we construct an input_event.  */
		else if (event.xclient.message_type
			 == dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar)
		  {
		    x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event, bufp);
		    ++bufp, ++count, --numchars;
		    goto out;
		  }
#endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
		else
		  goto OTHER;
	      }
	      break;

	    case SelectionNotify:
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT

		goto OTHER;
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection);
	      break;

	    case SelectionClear:	/* Someone has grabbed ownership.  */
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
	      if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window))
		goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      {

		count += 1;
		numchars -= 1;
	      }
	      break;

	    case SelectionRequest:	/* Someone wants our selection.  */
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
	      if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner))
		goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      if (x_queue_selection_requests)

		      f->async_iconified = 0;
		      f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1;
		      SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
		    }
		  else
		    expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo,
						     event.xexpose.window),
				  event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y,
				  event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
		}
	      else
		{
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
		  /* Dispatch event to the widget.  */
		  goto OTHER;
#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
		  struct scroll_bar *bar
		    = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window);

		  if (bar)
		    x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event);
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
		  else
		    goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
		}
	      break;

	    case GraphicsExpose:	/* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
				      source area was obscured or not
				      available.*/
	      f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable);
	      if (f)
		{
		  expose_frame (f,
				event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y,
				event.xgraphicsexpose.width,
				event.xgraphicsexpose.height);
		}
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
	      else
		goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      break;

	    case NoExpose:		/* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
					   source area was completely
					   available */
	      break;

	    case UnmapNotify:
	      /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone.  */
	      if (event.xmap.window == tip_window)
		{
		  tip_window = 0;
		  redo_mouse_highlight ();
		}
	      
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window);
	      if (f)		/* F may no longer exist if
				       the frame was deleted.  */
		{
		  /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is

		    }
		}
	      goto OTHER;

	    case MapNotify:
	      if (event.xmap.window == tip_window)
		/* The tooltip has been drawn already.  Avoid
		   the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below.  */
		goto OTHER;
	      
	      /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
		 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
		 frame is visible.  */
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window);
	      if (f)
		{
		  f->async_visible = 1;
		  f->async_iconified = 0;

		       in case this is the second frame.  */
		    record_asynch_buffer_change ();
		}
	      goto OTHER;

	    case KeyPress:
	      f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window);

#ifdef USE_MOTIF
	      /* I couldn't find a way to prevent LessTif scroll bars
	         from consuming key events.  */
	      if (f == 0)
		{
		  Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo->display,
						    event.xkey.window);
		  if (widget && XmIsScrollBar (widget))
		    {
		      widget = XtParent (widget);
		      f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, XtWindow (widget));
		    }
		}
#endif /* USE_MOTIF */

	      if (f != 0)
		{
		  KeySym keysym, orig_keysym;
		  /* [e-mail] says that making this 81 instead of
		     80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang.  */
		  unsigned char copy_buffer[81];
		  int modifiers;

		  event.xkey.state
		    |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f),
					       extra_keyboard_modifiers);
		  modifiers = event.xkey.state;

						      modifiers);
			  bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time;
			  bufp++;
			  count++;
			  numchars--;
			  
			  if (display_busy_cursor_p)
			    if (keysym != XK_Return || minibuf_level == 0)
			      inhibit_busy_cursor = 2;
			}
		      else if (numchars > nbytes)
			{
			  register int i;

		    abort ();
		}
	      goto OTHER;

	      /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole
		 FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess.  If
		 you get a FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut
		 event before you relinquish the focus.  If you
		 haven't received a FocusIn event, then a mere
		 LeaveNotify is enough to free you.  */

	    case EnterNotify:
	      {
		int from_menu_bar_p = 0;
		
		f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);

#ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION
		/* When clicking outside of a menu bar popup to close
		   it, we get a FocusIn/ EnterNotify sequence of
		   events.  The flag event.xcrossing.focus is not set
		   in the EnterNotify event of that sequence because
		   the focus is in the menu bar,
		   event.xcrossing.window is the frame's X window.
		   Unconditionally setting the focus frame to null in
		   this case is not the right thing, because no event
		   follows that could set the focus frame to the right
		   value.

		   This could be a LessTif bug, but I wasn't able to
		   reproduce the behavior in a simple test program.

		   (gerd, LessTif 0.88.1).  */
		
		if (!event.xcrossing.focus
		    && f
		    && f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)
		  {
		    Window focus;
		    int revert;
		    
		    XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), &focus, &revert);
		    if (focus == XtWindow (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget))
		      from_menu_bar_p = 1;
		  }
#endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */

		if (event.xcrossing.focus || from_menu_bar_p)
		  {
		    /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops.  */
		    if (f && (!(f->auto_raise)
			      || !(f->auto_lower)
			      || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500))
		      {
			x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
			enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time;
		      }
		  }
		else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
		  x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
	      
		/* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
		   so update things that depend on mouse position.  */
		if (f && !f->output_data.x->busy_p)
		  note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
		goto OTHER;
	      }

	    case FocusIn:
	      f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window);
	      if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer)
		dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = f;

	    case LeaveNotify:
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window);
	      if (f)
		{
		  Lisp_Object frame;
		  int from_menu_bar_p = 0;
		  
		  if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
		    {
		      /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
			 certainly no longer on any text in the frame.  */
		      clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
		      dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
		    }

		  /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
		     Do it only if there's something to cancel.
		     Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
		     the mouse leaves the frame.  */
		  if (any_help_event_p)
		    {
		      XSETFRAME (frame, f);
		      bufp->kind = HELP_EVENT;
		      bufp->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Qnil);
		      ++bufp, ++count, --numchars;
		    }

#ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION
		  /* Please see the comment at the start of the
                     EnterNotify case.  */
		  if (!event.xcrossing.focus
		      && f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)
		    {
		      Window focus;
		      int revert;
		      XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), &focus, &revert);
		      if (focus == XtWindow (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget))
			from_menu_bar_p = 1;
		    }
#endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */
		
		  if (event.xcrossing.focus || from_menu_bar_p)
		    x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo);
		  else
		    {
		      if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
			dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;

	      goto OTHER;

	    case MotionNotify:
	      {
		previous_help_echo = help_echo;
		help_echo = Qnil;
		
		if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
		    && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
		  f = last_mouse_frame;
		else
		  f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window);

		if (f)
		  note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion);
		else
		  {
#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
		    struct scroll_bar *bar
		      = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window);

		    if (bar)
		      x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event);
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */

		    /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
		       certainly no longer on any text in the frame.  */
		    clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
		  }

		/* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
		   has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT.  */
		if (STRINGP (help_echo)
		    || STRINGP (previous_help_echo))
		  {
		    Lisp_Object frame;

		    if (f)
		      XSETFRAME (frame, f);
		    else
		      frame = Qnil;

		    any_help_event_p = 1;
		    bufp->kind = HELP_EVENT;
		    bufp->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, help_echo);
		    ++bufp, ++count, --numchars;
		  }
		
		goto OTHER;
	      }

	    case ConfigureNotify:
	      f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window);
	      if (f)
		{
		  int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height);
		  int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width);

#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
		  /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
		     is called by the code that handles resizing
		     of the EmacsFrame widget.  */

		  if (event.xconfigure.x == 0 && event.xconfigure.y == 0)
		    {
		      event.xconfigure.x = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x;
		      event.xconfigure.y = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y;
		    }
#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
		}
	      goto OTHER;

	    case ButtonPress:
	    case ButtonRelease:
	      {
		/* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
		   by the rest of Emacs, we put it here.  */
		struct input_event emacs_event;
		int toolbar_p = 0;
		
		emacs_event.kind = no_event;
		bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status));

		if (dpyinfo->grabbed
		    && last_mouse_frame
		    && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
		  f = last_mouse_frame;
		else
		  f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window);

		if (f)
		  {
		    /* Is this in the toolbar?  */
		    if (WINDOWP (f->toolbar_window)
			&& XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->toolbar_window)->height))
		      {
			Lisp_Object window;
			int p, x, y;

			x = event.xbutton.x;
			y = event.xbutton.y;

			/* Set x and y.  */
			window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1);
			if (EQ (window, f->toolbar_window))
			  {
			    x_handle_toolbar_click (f, &event.xbutton);
			    toolbar_p = 1;
			  }
		      }

		    if (!toolbar_p)
		      if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame
			  || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
			construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f);
		  }
		else
		  {
#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
		    struct scroll_bar *bar
		      = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window);

		    if (bar)
		      x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event);
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
		  }

		if (event.type == ButtonPress)
		  {
		    dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button);

		       before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
		       Emacs events should reflect only motion after
		       the ButtonPress.  */
		    if (f != 0)
		      f->mouse_moved = 0;
		    
		    if (!toolbar_p)
		      last_toolbar_item = -1;
		    if (display_busy_cursor_p)
		      inhibit_busy_cursor = 2;
		  }
		else
		  {
		    dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button);
		  }

		else if (event.type == ButtonPress)
		  {
		    last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;
		    goto OTHER;
		  }

#ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
		    but I am trying to be cautious.  */
		else if (event.type == ButtonRelease)
		  {
		    if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame))
		      {
			f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame);
			if (f->output_data.x)
			  SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT;
		      }
		    else
		      goto OTHER;
		  }
#endif /* USE_MOTIF */
		else
		  goto OTHER;
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
	      }
	      break;

	    case CirculateNotify:
	      goto OTHER;
	      
	    case CirculateRequest:
	      goto OTHER;

	    case VisibilityNotify:
	      goto OTHER;

	    case MappingNotify:
	      /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
		 local cache.  */
	      switch (event.xmapping.request)

	      break;
	    }
	}
    }

 out:;

  /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
     when the window is destroyed.  Detect that.  (1994.)  */
  if (! event_found)
    {
      /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.

	  /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open.  */
	  next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next;
	}
    }

  /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
     raise it now.  */
  /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame.  */
  if (pending_autoraise_frame)
    {
      x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);

    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  return count;
}




/***********************************************************************
			     Text Cursor
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
   drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the
   line given by output_cursor.vpos.  N < 0 means all the rest of the
   line after HPOS has been written.  */

static void
note_overwritten_text_cursor (w, hpos, n)
     struct window *w;
     int hpos, n;
{
  if (updated_area == TEXT_AREA
      && output_cursor.vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos
      && hpos <= w->phys_cursor.hpos
      && (n < 0
	  || hpos + n > w->phys_cursor.hpos))
    w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
}


/* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW.  W is the window in which
   we operate.  GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
   WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
   mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.

   ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line.  Text rows must be
   clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
   mode lines must be clipped to the whole window.  */

static void
x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, whole_line_p)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     GC gc;
     int whole_line_p;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  XRectangle clip_rect;
  int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;

  window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);

  clip_rect.x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
  clip_rect.y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
  clip_rect.y = max (clip_rect.y, window_y);
  clip_rect.width = window_width;
  clip_rect.height = row->visible_height;

  /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
     the rectangle to the left and increase its width.  */
  if (whole_line_p)
    {
      clip_rect.x -= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
      clip_rect.width += 2 * FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
    }

  XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, &clip_rect, 1, Unsorted);
}


/* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.  */

static void
x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
  int x, y, wd, h;
  XGCValues xgcv;
  struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
  GC gc;

  /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
     coordinates.  */
  x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
  y = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
       + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
  h = row->height - 1;

  /* Get the glyph the cursor is on.  If we can't tell because
     the current matrix is invalid or such, give up.  */
  cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
  if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
    return;

  /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw.  If on a stretch
     glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
     rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
     width instead.  */
  wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1;
  if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
      && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
    wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
  
  /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
     background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible.  */
  xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
  if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc)
    XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
  else
    dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
					    GCForeground, &xgcv);
  gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc;

  /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again.  */
  x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0);
  XDrawRectangle (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h);
  XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
}


/* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.

   Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
   angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
   Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
   --gerd.  */

static void
x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
{
  /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage.  This can
     happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
     glyphs and mini-buffer.  */
  if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
    {
      struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
      struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
      GC gc;
      int x;
      unsigned long mask;
      XGCValues xgcv;
      Display *dpy;
      Window window;
      
      cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
      if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
	return;

      xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
      xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel;
      xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0;
      mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
      dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
      window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
      gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
      
      if (gc)
	XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv);
      else
	{
	  gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv);
	  FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc;
	}

      x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
      x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc, 0);
      XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc,
		      x,
		      WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
		      min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
			   f->output_data.x->cursor_width),
		      row->height);
      XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None);
    }
}


/* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
   cursor as not shown.  This is used when the text where the cursor
   is is about to be rewritten.  */

static void
x_clear_cursor (w)
     struct window *w;
{
  if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
    x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
}


/* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW.  See the
   comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL.  */

static void
x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
{
  /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage.  This can
     happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
     glyphs and mini-buffer.  */
  if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
    x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
		   w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1, hl, 0, 0);
}


/* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen.  */

static void
x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
     struct window *w;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
  int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
  int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
  struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
  struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
  struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
  enum draw_glyphs_face hl;

  /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
     screen.  */
  if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
    goto mark_cursor_off;
	   
  /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
     Don't bother to erase the cursor.  */
  if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
    goto mark_cursor_off;

  /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
     can do.  */
  cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
  if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
    goto mark_cursor_off;
  
  /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
     In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
     should have cleared the cursor.  Note that we wouldn't be
     able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
     cursor glyph at hand.  */
  if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
    goto mark_cursor_off;
	 
  /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
     we clear the cursor.  */
  if (w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
      && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
	  || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
	      && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
      && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
	  || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
	      && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
      /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
	 end of a line (on a newline).  The cursor appears there, but
	 mouse highlighting does not.  */
      && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
    mouse_face_here_p = 1;

  /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor.  */
  if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
    {
      int x;
      int top_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_TOP_LINE_HEIGHT (w);

      cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
      if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
	goto mark_cursor_off;

      x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x),
      
      XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		  x,
		  WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (top_line_height,
						   cursor_row->y)),
		  cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
		  cursor_row->visible_height,
		  False);
    }
  
  /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it.  */
  if (mouse_face_here_p)
    hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
  else if (cursor_row->inverse_p)
    hl = DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO;
  else
    hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
  x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);

 mark_cursor_off:
  w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
  w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
}


/* Display or clear cursor of window W.  If ON is zero, clear the
   cursor.  If it is non-zero, display the cursor.  If ON is nonzero,
   where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y.  */

void
x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
     struct window *w;
     int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  int new_cursor_type;
  struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
  struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
  struct glyph *glyph;

  /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
     windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
     be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
     window.  */
  if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
      || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
      || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
      || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
    return;

  /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly.  */
  if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
    return;

  current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
  glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
  glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
  
  /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to 
     display the cursor.  */
  if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
    {
      w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
      return;
    }

  xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);

  /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed.  In a
     mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
     reading input from this window.  For the selected window, we want
     the cursor type given by the frame parameter.  If explicitly
     marked off, draw no cursor.  In all other cases, we want a hollow
     box cursor.  */
  if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window)
      || f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)
    {
      if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
	new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
      else
	new_cursor_type = HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR;
    }
  else if (w->cursor_off_p)
    new_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
  else
    new_cursor_type = FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f);

  /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
     it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
     erase it.  */
  if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
      && (!on
	  || w->phys_cursor.x != x
	  || w->phys_cursor.y != y
	  || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type))
    x_erase_phys_cursor (w);

  /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
     display it.  */
  if (on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
    {
      w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
      w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
      
      /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
	 of them may need the information.  */
      w->phys_cursor.x = x;
      w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
      w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
      w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
      w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
      w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;

      switch (new_cursor_type)
	{
	case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
	  x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
	  break;

	case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
	  x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
	  break;

	case BAR_CURSOR:
	  x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row);
	  break;

	case NO_CURSOR:
	  break;

	default:
	  abort ();
	}
    }

#ifndef XFlush
  if (updating_frame != f)
    XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
#endif
}


/* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it.  X and Y are window
   relative pixel coordinates.  HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
   positions.  If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
   cursor.  ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
   correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared.  */

void
x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
     struct window *w;
     int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
{
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
   Don't change the cursor's position.  */

void
x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
     struct frame *f;
{
  x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
}


/* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
   in the window tree rooted at W.  */

static void
x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
     struct window *w;
     int on_p;
{
  while (w)
    {
      if (!NILP (w->hchild))
	x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
      else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
	x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
      else
	x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);

      w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
    }
}


/* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
   of ON.  */

static void
x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
     struct window *w;
     int on;
{
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos,
			    w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}




/* Icons.  */

/* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F
   when we get an expose event for it.  */

void
refreshicon (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  /* Normally, the window manager handles this function.  */
}

/* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap.  */

int
x_bitmap_icon (f, file)
     struct frame *f;
     Lisp_Object file;
{
  int bitmap_id;

  if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0)
    return 1;

  /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any.  */

	FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id
	  = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits,
				       gnu_width, gnu_height);

      /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
	 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
	 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
	 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again.  */
      x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id);

      bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id;

/* An X error handler which stores the error message in
   x_error_message_string.  This is called from x_error_handler if
   x_catch_errors is in effect.  */

static void
x_error_catcher (display, error)
     Display *display;
     XErrorEvent *error;
{
  XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code,

  return XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] != 0;
}

/* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY.  */

void
x_clear_errors (dpy)
     Display *dpy;
{
  XSTRING (x_error_message_string)->data[0] = 0;
}


/* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
   simply goes away.  SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
   Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the 
   SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
   which will do the appropriate cleanup for us.  */
   
static SIGTYPE
x_connection_signal (signalnum)	/* If we don't have an argument, */
     int signalnum;		/* some compilers complain in signal calls.  */
{
#ifdef USG
  /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
     must reestablish each time */
  signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal);

  XtCloseDisplay (display);
#endif

  dpyinfo->display = 0;

  /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
     that are on the dead display.  */
  FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
    {
      Lisp_Object minibuf_frame;
      minibuf_frame

	  && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo)
	Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt);
    }

  /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
     We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
     for another frame that we need to delete.  */
  FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
    if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame))
	&& FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo)
      {

/* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
   It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
   If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs.  */

static void
x_error_quitter (display, error)
     Display *display;
     XErrorEvent *error;
{
  char buf[256], buf1[356];

static int
x_error_handler (display, error)
     Display *display;
     XErrorEvent *error;
{
  if (! NILP (x_error_message_string))
    x_error_catcher (display, error);
  else
    x_error_quitter (display, error);
  return 0;
}

/* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
   It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
   If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs.  */

{
  char buf[256];

  sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display));
  x_connection_closed (display, buf);
  return 0;
}

/* Changing the font of the frame.  */

/* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and

void
x_calc_absolute_position (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  Window child;
  int win_x = 0, win_y = 0;
  int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags;
  int this_window;

  /* We have nothing to do if the current position

				  - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_x
				  - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
				  + f->output_data.x->left_pos);

  if (flags & YNegative)
    {
      int menubar_height = 0;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
      if (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget)
	menubar_height
	  = (f->output_data.x->menubar_widget->core.height
	     + f->output_data.x->menubar_widget->core.border_width);
#endif
      
      f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
				   - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width
				   - win_y
				   - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
				   - menubar_height
				   + f->output_data.x->top_pos);
    }

  /* The left_pos and top_pos
     are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
     so the flags should correspond.  */
  f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);

x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
     struct frame *f;
     int change_gravity;
     int cols, rows;
{
#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
#endif

  BLOCK_INPUT;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  {

    = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
       ? 0
       : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
       ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
       : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font)));
  f->output_data.x->flags_areas_extra
    = 2 * FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f);
  pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
  pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);

  f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
  x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);

  XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));

#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */

  /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off.  */
  mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));

  /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
     since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. 
     Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
     so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size.  */

void
x_make_frame_visible (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  Lisp_Object type;
  int original_top, original_left;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  type = x_icon_type (f);

	&& previously_visible)
      {
	Drawable rootw;
	int x, y;
	unsigned int width, height, border, depth;
	
	BLOCK_INPUT;

	/* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
	   window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
	   to introduce an offset.  This can cause the window to move
	   to an unexpected location.  Check the geometry (a little
	   slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
	   place.  If the window is not in the right place, move it
	   there, and take the potential window manager hit.  */
	XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),
		      &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth);

	if (original_left != x || original_top != y)
	  XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f),

      }
    FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
  }
}

/* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state.  */

/* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified).  */

void
x_make_frame_invisible (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  Window window;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on.  */
  window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);

      unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
      unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False;
      if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
			DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)),
			False,
			SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask,
			&unmap))
	{
	  UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL;
	  error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
	}

  x_sync (f);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Change window state from mapped to iconified.  */

void
x_iconify_frame (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int result;
  Lisp_Object type;

  /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame.  */
  if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)

#endif
	}
#endif
      XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->window_desc);
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
      if (f->output_data.x->widget)
	XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget);
      free_frame_menubar (f);
#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */

      free_frame_faces (f);
      XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));
    }

  if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event)
    xfree (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event);

  xfree (f->output_data.x);
  f->output_data.x = 0;
  if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;

  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */

  /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems.  */
  size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */;

  size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos;
  size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos;

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT

	if (hints.flags & USSize)
	  size_hints.flags |= USSize;
      }
  }

#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
 no_read:
#endif

#ifdef PWinGravity
  size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity;
  size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity;

  XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints);
#endif
}

/* Used for IconicState or NormalState */

void
x_wm_set_window_state (f, state)
     struct frame *f;
     int state;
{

     struct frame *f;
     int pixmap_id;
{
  Pixmap icon_pixmap;

#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
#endif

  if (pixmap_id > 0)
    {

  XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
}


/***********************************************************************
				Fonts
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F.  */

struct font_info *
x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     int font_idx;
{

     FRAME_PTR f;
     Lisp_Object pattern;
     int size;
     int maxnames;
{
  Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key = Qnil;
  Lisp_Object tem, second_best;
  Display *dpy = f != NULL ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) : x_display_list->display;
  int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0;
  int count;

  patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist);

	  /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
	     Store that in the font cache for the display.  */
	  for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++)
	    {
	      int width = 0;
	      char *p = names[i];
	      int average_width = -1, dashes = 0;
	      
	      /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I].  If there are
		14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
		(AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
		is usually too ugly to be used for editing.  Let's
		ignore it.  */

		       : make_number (thisinfo->max_bounds.width));
		  XFreeFont (dpy, thisinfo);
		}
	      else
		/* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
		  returned a font which can't be opened.  Record the size
		  as 0 not to try to open it again.  */
		XCONS (tem)->cdr = make_number (0);
	    }

	  found_size = XINT (XCONS (tem)->cdr);

    }

  return newlist;
}  


#if GLYPH_DEBUG

/* Check that FONT is valid on frame F.  It is if it can be found in F's
   font table.  */

static void
x_check_font (f, font)
     struct frame *f;
     XFontStruct *font;
{
  int i;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

  xassert (font != NULL);

  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
    if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name 
	&& font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
      break;

  xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
}

#endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */

/* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
   Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
   min_bounds contents.  For example, [e-mail] reports that
   "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
   have font->min_bounds.width == 0.  */

static INLINE void
x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
     XFontStruct *font;
     int *w, *h;
{
  *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
  *w = font->min_bounds.width;

  /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
     contents.  Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
     is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid.  */
  if (*w <= 0)
    *w = font->max_bounds.width;
}


/* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
   all fonts available on frame F.  Set the members smallest_char_width
   and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
   the values computed.  Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
   smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before.  */

static int
x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int i;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  XFontStruct *font;
  int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
  int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
  
  dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
  dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
  
  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
    if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
      {
	struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
	int w, h;
	
	font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
	xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
	x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
	
	dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
	dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
      }

  xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
	   && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);

  return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
	  || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
	  || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
}


/* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
   pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
   If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
   If loading is failed, return NULL.  */

      Lisp_Object tail;
      int i;

      for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
	for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
	  if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
	      && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name,
			   XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data)
		  || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name,
			      XSTRING (XCONS (tail)->car)->data)))
	    return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
    }

  /* Load the font and add it to the table.  */
  {
    char *full_name;
    XFontStruct *font;
    struct font_info *fontp;
    unsigned long value;
    int i;

    /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them.  If
       not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
       because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
       a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and

    x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count);
    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    if (!font)
      return NULL;

    /* Find a free slot in the font table.  */
    for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
      if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL)
	break;

    /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table.  */
    if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts
	&& dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size)
      {
	int sz;
	dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size);
	sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table;
	dpyinfo->font_table
	  = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz);
      }

    fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
    if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts)
      ++dpyinfo->n_fonts;

    /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP.  */
    BLOCK_INPUT;
    fontp->font = font;
    fontp->font_idx = i;
    fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
    bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1);

    /* Try to get the full name of FONT.  Put it in FULL_NAME.  */
    full_name = 0;

       code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
       the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF, 0:0x2020..0x7F7F,
       the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF,
       0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, or
       2:0xA020..0xFF7F).  For the moment, we don't know which charset
       uses this font.  So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
       which is never used by any charset.  If mapping can't be
       decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED.  */
    fontp->encoding[1]
      = (font->max_byte1 == 0
	 /* 1-byte font */

	 ? (long) value : 0);
    fontp->default_ascent
      = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value)
	 ? (long) value : 0);

    /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
       has a character with a smaller width than any other character
       before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any
       other font loaded before.  If this happens, it will make a
       glyph matrix reallocation necessary.  */
    fonts_changed_p = x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f);
    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    return fontp;
  }
}


/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
   frame F.  If no such font is loaded, return NULL.  */

struct font_info *
x_query_font (f, fontname)
     struct frame *f;
     register char *fontname;
{
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
    if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
	&& (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname)
	    || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname)))
      return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
  return NULL;
}


/* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
 `encoder' of the structure.  */

void
x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
     struct font_info *fontp;

	  break;
	}
    }
}



/***********************************************************************
			    Initialization
 ***********************************************************************/

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
  {"-geometry",	".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
  {"-iconic",	".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},

x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
     Lisp_Object display_name;
     char *xrm_option;
     char *resource_name;
{
  int connection;
  Display *dpy;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
  XrmDatabase xrdb;

	dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards;
	all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard;
	/* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
	   That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
	   prompt in the mini-buffer.  */
	if (current_kboard == initial_kboard)
	  current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard;
      }
    dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++;
  }

  dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
  dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
  dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
  dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
  dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1;
  dpyinfo->font_table = NULL;
  dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
  dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
  dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
  dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
  dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
  dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
  dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
  dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
  dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
  dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();

  {
    int screen_number = XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen);
    double pixels = DisplayHeight (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
    double mm = DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
    dpyinfo->resy = pixels * 25.4 / mm;
    pixels = DisplayWidth (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
    mm = DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number);
    dpyinfo->resx = pixels * 25.4 / mm;
  }
  
  dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False);
  dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False);
  dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself

  dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False);
  dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
    = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False);

  /* Ghostscript support.  */
  dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PAGE", False);
  dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DONE", False);
  
  dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "SCROLLBAR",
					  False);

  dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0;

  connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display);
  dpyinfo->connection = connection;

    dpyinfo->null_pixel
      = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, 
				     null_bits, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
				     1);
  }

  {
    extern int gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height;
    extern unsigned char *gray_bitmap_bits;
    dpyinfo->gray
      = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window,
				     gray_bitmap_bits,
				     gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height,
				     (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
  }

#ifdef subprocesses
  /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input.  */
  if (connection != 0)

    x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count);
  }
#endif
#endif

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  return dpyinfo;
}


  xfree (dpyinfo);
}

/* Set up use of X before we make the first connection.  */

static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface =
{
  x_produce_glyphs,
  x_write_glyphs,
  x_insert_glyphs,
  x_clear_end_of_line,
  x_scroll_run,
  x_after_update_window_line,
  x_update_window_begin,
  x_update_window_end,
  XTcursor_to,
  x_flush,
  x_get_glyph_overhangs
};

void
x_initialize ()
{
  rif = &x_redisplay_interface;

  clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame;
  ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines;
  change_line_highlight_hook = x_change_line_highlight;
  delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs;
  ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell;
  reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes;
  set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes;
  update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
  update_end_hook = x_update_end;
  set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window;
  read_socket_hook = XTread_socket;
  frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date;
  reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight;
  mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position;
  frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight;
  frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower;
  set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar;
  condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars;
  redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar;
  judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars;
  estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;

  scroll_region_ok = 1;		/* we'll scroll partial frames */
  char_ins_del_ok = 0;		/* just as fast to write the line */
  line_ins_del_ok = 1;		/* we'll just blt 'em */
  fast_clear_end_of_line = 1;	/* X does this well */
  memory_below_frame = 0;	/* we don't remember what scrolls
				   off the bottom */
  baud_rate = 19200;

  x_noop_count = 0;
  last_toolbar_item = -1;
  any_help_event_p = 0;
  
  /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling.  */
  Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  XtToolkitInitialize ();

  /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
     original error handler.  */
  XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler);
  XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter);

  /* Disable Window Change signals;  they are handled by X events.  */
#ifdef SIGWINCH
  signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL);
#endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */

  signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal);
}


void
syms_of_xterm ()
{
  staticpro (&x_error_message_string);
  x_error_message_string = Qnil;

  staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
  Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");

  staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame);
  last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil;

  staticpro (&help_echo);
  help_echo = Qnil;
  staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
  previous_help_echo = Qnil;

  DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
    "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\
For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\
wide as that tab on the display.");
  x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;

  DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars-p", &x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p,
    "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.");
#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 1;
#else
  x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p = 0;
#endif

  defsubr (&Sxt_process_timeouts);
  staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
  last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;
}

#endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */